Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

   x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

 

OR

 

   o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

For the transition period from              to             

 

Commission file number 001-34187

 

Matson, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Hawaii

 

99-0032630

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)

 

Identification No.)

 

1411 Sand Island Parkway

Honolulu, HI 96819

(Address of principal executive offices and zip code)

 

(808) 848-1211

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

 

 

Name of each exchange

Title of each class

 

on which registered

Common Stock, without par value

 

New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

Number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at February 26, 2013: 42,672,456

 

Aggregate market value of Common Stock held by non-affiliates at June 30, 2012:

$1,170,057,488

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  x  No   o

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes  o No  x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes x    No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File  required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes x    No o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer x

 

Accelerated filer o

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer o

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes o    No x

 

Documents Incorporated By Reference

 

The following document is incorporated by reference in Part III of the Annual Report on Form 10-K: Proxy statement for the annual meeting of shareholders of Matson, Inc. to be held April 25, 2013

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

PART I

 

 

 

 

Items 1 & 2

Business and Properties

1

 

 

 

A.

Business Description

2

 

(1)

Freight Services

2

 

(2)

Vessels

3

 

(3)

Terminals

5

 

(4)

Logistics and Other Services

5

 

(5)

Competition

5

 

(6)

Rate Regulation

7

 

 

 

 

B.

Employees and Labor Relations

7

 

 

 

C.

Energy

8

 

 

 

D.

Available Information

8

 

 

 

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

9

 

 

 

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

15

 

 

 

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

15

 

 

 

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

16

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

16

 

 

 

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

18

 

 

 

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

19

 

 

 

 

i



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Items 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

33

 

 

 

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

34

 

 

 

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

72

 

 

 

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

72

 

 

 

 

Conclusion Regarding Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

72

 

 

 

 

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

72

 

 

 

Item 9B.

Other Information

72

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

73

 

 

 

A.

Directors

73

 

 

 

B.

Executive Officers

73

 

 

 

C.

Corporate Governance

73

 

 

 

D.

Code of Ethics

73

 

 

 

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

73

 

 

 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

73

 

 

 

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

73

 

 

 

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

73

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

74

 

 

 

A.

Financial Statements

74

 

 

 

B.

Financial Statement Schedules

74

 

 

 

C.

Exhibits Required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K

74

 

 

 

Signatures

79

 

ii



Table of Contents

 

MATSON, INC.

 

FORM 10-K

 

Annual Report for the Fiscal Year

Ended December 31, 2012

 

PART I

 

ITEMS 1. AND 2.  BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES

 

“Matson” or the “Company” means Matson, Inc., a holding company incorporated in January 2012 in the State of Hawaii, together with its primary operating company, Matson Navigation Company, Inc. (“MatNav”), and all of its subsidiaries.  MatNav is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Matson, Inc.

 

Founded in 1882, Matson is a leading U.S. ocean freight carrier in the Pacific. Matson provides a vital lifeline to the island economies of Hawaii, Guam and Micronesia, and operates a premium, expedited service from China to Southern California. The Company’s fleet of 17 vessels includes containerships, combination container and roll-on/roll-off ships and custom-designed barges. Matson Logistics, Inc. (“Matson Logistics” or “Logistics”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of MatNav, was established in 1987 and extends the geographic reach of Matson’s transportation network throughout the continental U.S. and China. Matson Logistics’ integrated, asset-light logistics services include rail intermodal, highway brokerage and warehousing.

 

Ocean Transportation: The ocean transportation segment of Matson’s business, which is conducted through MatNav, is an asset-based business that generates revenue primarily through the carriage of containerized freight between various U.S. Pacific Coast, Hawaii, Guam, Micronesia, China and other Pacific island ports.

 

Also, the Company has a 35 percent ownership interest in SSA Terminals, LLC (“SSAT”) through a joint venture between Matson Ventures, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of MatNav, and SSA Ventures, Inc. (“SSA”), a subsidiary of Carrix, Inc.  SSAT provides terminal and stevedoring services to various international carriers at six terminal facilities on the U.S. Pacific Coast and to MatNav at several of those facilities.  Matson records its share of income in the joint venture in operating expenses within the ocean transportation segment, due to the operations of the joint venture being an integral part of the Company’s business.

 

Logistics: The logistics segment of Matson’s business, which is conducted through Matson Logistics, is an asset-light based business that is a provider of domestic and international rail intermodal service (“Intermodal”), long-haul and regional highway brokerage, specialized hauling, flat-bed and project work, less-than-truckload services, expedited freight services, and warehousing and distribution services (collectively “Highway”).  Warehousing, packaging and distribution services are provided by Matson Logistics Warehousing, Inc. (“Matson Logistics Warehousing”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Matson Logistics.

 

Separation Transaction: On December 1, 2011, Alexander & Baldwin, Inc., the former parent company of MatNav (the “Former Parent Company”), announced that its Board of Directors unanimously approved a plan to pursue the separation (the “Separation”) of the Former Parent Company to create two independent, publicly traded companies:

 

·                              Matson, a Hawaii-based ocean transportation company serving the U.S. Pacific Coast, Hawaii, Guam, Micronesia and China, and a logistics company; and

 

·                              Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. (“A&B”), a Hawaii-based land company with interests in real estate development, commercial real estate and agriculture.

 

1



Table of Contents

 

On February 13, 2012, the Former Parent Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger to reorganize itself by forming a holding company incorporated in Hawaii, Alexander & Baldwin Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”).  The holding company structure helped facilitate the Separation through the organization and segregation of the assets of the two businesses.  In addition, the holding company reorganization was intended to help preserve the Company’s status as a U.S. citizen under certain U.S. maritime and vessel documentation laws (popularly referred to as the Jones Act) by, amongst other things, limiting the percentage of outstanding shares of common stock in the holding company that may be owned or controlled in the aggregate by non-U.S. citizens to a maximum permitted percentage of 22%.

 

The Separation was completed on June 29, 2012.  In the Separation, the shareholders of Holdings received one share of common stock of A&B for every share of Holdings held of record as of June 18, 2012.  Immediately following the Separation, Alexander & Baldwin Holdings, Inc. changed its name to Matson, Inc.  For accounting purposes, Matson is the successor company to the Former Parent Company.

 

Prior to the completion of the Separation, the Company and A&B entered into a Separation and Distribution Agreement, a Tax Sharing Agreement and an Employee Matters Agreement, each dated June 8, 2012, that govern the post-Separation relationship.  In addition, the Company and A&B entered into a Transition Services Agreement, dated June 8, 2012, under which each company agreed to provide the other with various services on an interim, transitional basis, for up to 24 months.

 

Also in relation to the Separation, intercompany receivables, payables, loans and other accounts between A&B and Matson in existence immediately prior to the Separation, were satisfied and/or settled; and intercompany agreements and all other arrangements in effect immediately prior to the distribution were terminated or canceled, subject to certain exceptions.

 

Matson incurred total cash outflows of $166.2 million in relation to the Separation.  The total cash outflows were made up of three components: capital contribution, capitalized debt financing costs and Separation related expenses referred to as Separation costs in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income.  The Separation related expenses of $8.6 million and capitalized debt financing costs of $1.9 million are reported under the cash flows provided by operating activities from continuing operations and cash flows used in financing activities from continuing operations, respectively, since these costs do not qualify as discontinued operations.

 

The breakdown of Separation cash outflows were as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

Separation Cash Outflows

 

Capital contribution to A&B

 

$

155.7

 

Separation costs

 

8.6

 

Capitalized debt financing costs

 

1.9

 

Total cash outflow related to the Separation

 

$

166.2

 

 

A.            BUSINESS DESCRIPTION

 

(1)           Freight Services

 

Matson’s Hawaii Service offers ocean freight services (lift-on/lift-off, roll-on/roll-off and conventional services) between the ports of Long Beach, Oakland, Seattle, and the major ports in Hawaii on the islands of Oahu, Kauai, Maui and Hawaii.  Matson is the principal carrier of ocean cargo between the U.S. Pacific Coast and Hawaii.  Principal westbound cargoes carried by Matson to Hawaii include dry containers of mixed commodities, refrigerated commodities, packaged foods, building materials, automobiles and household goods.  Principal eastbound cargoes carried by Matson from Hawaii include automobiles, household goods, dry containers of mixed commodities, food and beverages and livestock.  The majority of Matson’s Hawaii Service revenue is derived from the westbound carriage of containerized freight and automobiles.

 

2



Table of Contents

 

Matson’s China Service is part of an integrated Hawaii/Guam/China service.  This service employs five Matson containerships in a weekly service that carries cargo from the U.S. Pacific Coast to Honolulu, then to Guam.  The vessels continue to the ports of Xiamen, Ningbo and Shanghai in China, where they are loaded with cargo to be discharged in Long Beach.  These ships also carry cargo destined to and originating from the Guam and Micronesia Services.  For parts of 2011and 2010, Matson operated a second vessel string that employed five chartered containerships in a weekly service that carried cargo from the U.S. Pacific Coast directly to the ports of Hong Kong, Yantian and Shanghai in China, where they also loaded cargo to be discharged in Long Beach.  Operation of the second vessel string was terminated in the third quarter of 2011.

 

Matson’s Guam Service provides weekly container and conventional freight services between the U.S. Pacific Coast and Guam.  Additional freight destined to and from the Commonwealth of the Marianas Islands, the Republic of Palau and the island of Yap in the Federated States of Micronesia is transferred at Guam to and from connecting carriers for delivery to and from those locations.

 

Matson’s Micronesia Service offers container and conventional freight service between the U.S. Pacific Coast and the islands of Kwajalein, Ebeye and Majuro in the Republic of the Marshall Islands and the islands of Pohnpei, Chuuk and Kosrae in the Federated States of Micronesia.  Cargo destined for these islands is transshipped through Guam.  In the fourth quarter of 2012, this transshipment service was expanded from one ship to three ships, with Matson maintaining the charter of the one ship and developing a connecting carrier agreement with the owner of the other two vessels. This vessel expansion allowed Matson to maintain a bi-weekly service while expanding its geographic reach to include Japan and Korea.

 

In January 2013, Matson purchased the primary assets of the former Reef Shipping Company, a South Pacific ocean carrier based in Auckland, New Zealand.  Matson has named its new business “Matson South Pacific,” which will transport freight between New Zealand and other South Pacific Islands, such as Fiji, Samoa, American Samoa, Tonga and Cook Islands.

 

See “Rate Regulation” below for a discussion of Matson’s freight rates.

 

(2)           Vessels

 

The Matson-owned fleet consists of 17 vessels representing an investment of approximately $1.2 billion: ten containerships; three combination container/roll-on/roll-off ships; one roll-on/roll-off barge and two container barges equipped with cranes that serve the Neighbor Islands of Hawaii; and one container barge equipped with cranes that is available for charter.  The majority of vessels in the Matson fleet have been acquired with the assistance of withdrawals from a Capital Construction Fund (“CCF”) established under Section 607 of the Merchant Marine Act.

 

As a complement to its fleet, as of December 31, 2012, ocean transportation owned approximately 33,500 containers, 13,800 container chassis and generators, 900 auto-frames and miscellaneous other equipment. Capital expenditures incurred by ocean transportation in 2012 for vessels, equipment and systems totaled approximately $37.0 million.

 

Vessels owned by Matson as of December 31, 2012 are described below.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

MATSON NAVIGATION COMPANY, INC.

OWNED FLEET

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Usable Cargo Capacity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum

 

Maximum

 

Containers

 

Vehicles

 

Molasses

 

 

 

Official

 

Year

 

 

 

Speed

 

Deadweight

 

Reefer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vessel Name

 

Number

 

Built

 

Length

 

(Knots)

 

(Long Tons)

 

Slots

 

TEUs(1)

 

Autos

 

Trailers

 

Short Tons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diesel-Powered Ships

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MAUNALEI

 

1181627

 

2006

 

681’ 1”

 

22.1

 

33,771

 

328

 

1,992

 

 

 

 

MANULANI

 

1168529

 

2005

 

712’ 0”

 

23.0

 

29,517

 

284

 

2,378

 

 

 

 

MAUNAWILI

 

1153166

 

2004

 

711’ 9”

 

23.0

 

29,517

 

284

 

2,378

 

 

 

 

MANUKAI

 

1141163

 

2003

 

711’ 9”

 

23.0

 

29,517

 

284

 

2,378

 

 

 

 

R. J. PFEIFFER

 

979814

 

1992

 

713’ 6”

 

23.0

 

27,100

 

300

 

2,245

 

 

 

 

MOKIHANA

 

655397

 

1983

 

860’ 2”

 

23.0

 

29,484

 

354

 

1,994

 

1,323

 

38

 

 

MANOA

 

651627

 

1982

 

860’ 2”

 

23.0

 

30,187

 

408

 

2,824

 

 

 

3,000

 

MAHIMAHI

 

653424

 

1982

 

860’ 2”

 

23.0

 

30,167

 

408

 

2,824

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Steam-Powered Ships

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KAUAI

 

621042

 

1980

 

720’ 5-1/2”

 

22.5

 

26,308

 

276

 

1,644

 

44

 

 

2,600

 

MAUI

 

591709

 

1978

 

720’ 5-1/2”

 

22.5

 

26,623

 

270

 

1,644

 

 

 

2,600

 

MATSONIA

 

553090

 

1973

 

760’ 0”

 

21.5

 

22,501

 

258

 

1,727

 

450

 

85

 

4,300

 

LURLINE

 

549900

 

1973

 

826’ 6”

 

21.5

 

22,213

 

246

 

1,646

 

761

 

55

 

2,100

 

LIHUE

 

530137

 

1971

 

787’ 8”

 

21.0

 

38,656

 

188

 

2,018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Barges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WAIALEALE (2)

 

978516

 

1991

 

345’ 0”

 

 

5,621

 

36

 

 

230

 

45

 

 

MAUNA KEA (3)

 

933804

 

1988

 

372’ 0”

 

 

6,837

 

70

 

379

 

 

 

 

MAUNA LOA (3)

 

676973

 

1984

 

350’ 0”

 

 

4,658

 

78

 

335

 

 

 

2,100

 

HALEAKALA (3)

 

676972

 

1984

 

350’ 0”

 

 

4,658

 

78

 

335

 

 

 

2,100

 

 


(1)          “Twenty-foot Equivalent Units” (including trailers). TEU is a standard measure of cargo volume correlated to the volume of a standard 20-foot dry cargo container.

(2)          Roll-on/Roll-off Barge.

(3)          Container Barge.

 

4



Table of Contents

 

(3)           Terminals

 

Matson Terminals, Inc. (“Matson Terminals”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of MatNav, provides container stevedoring, container equipment maintenance and other terminal services for Matson and other ocean carriers at its 105-acre marine terminal in Honolulu.  Matson Terminals owns and operates seven cranes at the terminal, which handled approximately 327,900 lifts in 2012 (compared with 355,900 lifts in 2011).  The number of lifts decreased primarily due to the dry-docking of two of the Neighbor Island barges in 2012.  The terminal can accommodate three vessels at one time.  Matson Terminals’ lease with the State of Hawaii runs through September 2016.  Matson Terminals also provides container stevedoring and other terminal services to Matson and other vessel operators on the islands of Hawaii, Maui and Kauai.

 

SSAT provides terminal and stevedoring services to various international carriers at six terminal facilities on the U.S. Pacific Coast and to MatNav at several of those facilities.  Matson records its share of income in the joint venture in operating expenses within the ocean transportation segment, due to the nature of the business.

 

(4)           Logistics and Other Services

 

Matson Logistics, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of MatNav, is a transportation intermediary that provides rail, highway, warehousing and other third-party logistics services for North American customers and international ocean carrier customers, including Matson.  Through volume purchases of rail, motor carrier and ocean transportation services, augmented by such services as shipment tracking and tracing and single-vendor invoicing, Matson Logistics is able to reduce transportation costs for its customers.  Matson Logistics is headquartered in Concord, California, operates seven regional operating centers, including one in China, has sales offices in over 35 cities nationwide and operates through a network of agents throughout the U.S. Mainland.

 

Matson Logistics Warehousing principally provides warehousing and distribution services in Northern and Southern California and Savannah, Georgia.  Through Matson Logistics Warehousing, Matson Logistics provides its customers with a full suite of rail, highway, warehousing and distribution services.  In addition, Matson Logistics provides freight forwarding, consolidation, customs brokerage, purchase order management and Non Vessel Operating Common Carrier services through its supply chain segment.

 

(5)           Competition

 

Matson’s Hawaii Service has one major containership competitor, Horizon Lines, Inc., that serves Long Beach, Oakland, Tacoma and Honolulu.  The Hawaii Service also has one additional liner competitor, Pasha Hawaii Transport Lines, LLC that operates a roll-on/roll-off ship, specializing in the carriage of automobiles, large pieces of rolling stock, such as trucks and buses, as well as to a lesser extent household goods and containers.  Foreign-flag vessels carrying cargo to Hawaii from non-U.S. locations also provide competition for Matson’s Hawaii Service. Asia, Australia, New Zealand, and South Pacific islands have direct foreign-flag services to Hawaii.  Mexico, South America and Europe have indirect foreign-flag services to Hawaii.  Other competitors in the Hawaii Service include two common carrier barge services, unregulated proprietary and contract carriers of bulk cargoes, and air cargo service providers.  Air freight competition for time-sensitive and perishable cargoes exists; however, inroads by such competition in terms of cargo volume are limited by the amount of cargo space available in passenger aircraft and by generally higher air freight rates.  Over the years, additional barge competitors periodically have entered and left the U.S.-Hawaii trades, mostly from the Pacific Northwest.

 

Matson’s Guam Service had one major competitor, Horizon Lines, Inc., until November 2011 when Horizon Lines ended its service to that area.  Several foreign carriers also serve Guam with less frequent service, along with Waterman Steamship Corporation, a U.S.-flagged carrier, which periodically calls at Guam.

 

Matson vessels are operated on schedules that provide shippers and consignees regular day-of-the-week sailings from the U.S. Pacific Coast and day-of-the-week arrivals in Hawaii.  Matson generally offers an average of three westbound sailings per week, though this amount may be adjusted according to seasonal demand and market conditions.  Matson provides over 150 westbound sailings per year, which is greater than its entire domestic ocean competitors’ sailings combined.  One westbound sailing each week continues on to Guam and China, so the number

 

5



Table of Contents

 

of eastbound sailings from Hawaii to the U.S. Mainland averages two per week with the potential for additional sailings.  This service is attractive to customers because more frequent arrivals permit customers to reduce inventory costs.  Matson also competes by offering a more comprehensive service to customers, supported by the scope of its equipment, its efficiency and experience in handling cargoes of all types, and competitive pricing.

 

During 2012, approximately 65% of Matson’s revenues generated by ocean services came from trades that were subject to the Jones Act. The carriage of cargo between the U.S. Pacific Coast and Hawaii on foreign-built or foreign-documented vessels is prohibited by Section 27 of the Merchant Marine Act, 1920, commonly referred to as the Jones Act. The Jones Act is a long-standing cornerstone of U.S. maritime policy. Under the Jones Act, all vessels transporting cargo between covered U.S. ports must, subject to limited exceptions, be built in the U.S., registered under the U.S. flag, manned by predominantly U.S. crews, and owned and operated by U.S.-organized companies that are controlled and 75% owned by U.S. citizens. U.S.-flagged vessels are generally required to be maintained at higher standards than foreign-flagged vessels and are supervised by, as well as subject to rigorous inspections by, or on behalf of, the U.S. Coast Guard, which requires appropriate certifications and background checks of the crew members. Our trade route between Hawaii and the U.S. Pacific Coast represents the non-contiguous Jones Act market. Vessels operating on this trade route are required to be fully qualified Jones Act vessels. Other U.S. maritime laws require vessels operating between Guam, a U.S. territory, and U.S. ports to be U.S.-flagged and predominantly U.S.-crewed, but not U.S.-built.

 

Matson is a member of the American Maritime Partnership, which supports the retention of the Jones Act that regulates the transport of goods between U.S. ports. Cabotage laws, which reserve the right to ship cargo between domestic ports to domestic vessels, are not unique to the United States; similar laws are common around the world and exist in over 50 countries. In general, all interstate and intrastate marine commerce within the U.S. falls under the Jones Act, which is a cabotage law. As an island economy, Hawaii is highly dependent on ocean transportation. The Jones Act ensures frequent, reliable, roundtrip service to keep store shelves stocked, reduces inventory costs and helps move local products to market. The Company believes the Jones Act enjoys broad support from President Obama and both major political parties in both houses of Congress. The Company believes that the ongoing war on terrorism has further solidified political support for the Jones Act, as a vital and dedicated U.S. merchant marine is a cornerstone for a strong homeland defense, as well as a critical source of trained U.S. mariners for wartime support. Repeal of the Jones Act would allow foreign-flag vessel operators, which do not have to abide by U.S. laws and regulations, to sail between U.S. ports in direct competition with Matson and other U.S. operators, which must comply with such laws and regulations. The American Maritime Partnership seeks to inform elected officials and the public about the economic, national security, commercial, safety and environmental benefits of the Jones Act and similar cabotage laws.

 

Matson has operated its China Long Beach Express Service, CLX1, since February 2006.  Matson provides weekly containership service between the ports of Xiamen, Ningbo and Shanghai and the port of Long Beach.  En route to China, the ships stop at Honolulu, then Guam, carrying cargo destined to those areas.  From Honolulu, connecting service is provided to other ports in Hawaii.  From Guam, connecting service is provided to other Pacific islands.  The ships then continue from Guam to the ports of Xiamen, Ningbo and Shanghai, and return directly to Long Beach.  Matson operated a second China Long Beach Express Service, CLX2, between August 2010 and September 2011 when this service was terminated.  Major competitors in the China Service include large international carriers such as Maersk, COSCO, Evergreen, Hanjin, APL, China Shipping, Hyundai, MSC, OOCL, “K” Line and NYK Line.  Matson competes by offering fast and reliable freight availability from Shanghai to Long Beach, using its newest and most fuel efficient ships, providing fixed day arrivals in Long Beach and next-day cargo availability.  Matson’s service is further differentiated by offering a dedicated Long Beach terminal providing fast truck turn times, an off-dock container yard and one-stop intermodal connections, and providing state-of-the-art technology and world-class customer service.  Matson has offices in Hong Kong, Xiamen, Ningbo and Shanghai, and has contracted with terminal operators in Xiamen, Ningbo and Shanghai.

 

Matson Logistics competes with hundreds of local, regional, national and international companies that provide transportation and third-party logistics services. The industry is highly fragmented and, therefore, competition varies by geography and areas of service. Matson Logistics competes most directly with C.H. Robinson Worldwide, the Hub Group, and other large freight brokers and intermodal marketing companies. Competition is differentiated by the depth, scale and scope of customer relationships; vendor relationships and rates; network capacity; and real-time visibility into the movement of customers’ goods and other technology solutions. Additionally, while Matson Logistics primarily provides surface transportation brokerage, it also competes to a lesser degree with other forms of transportation for the movement of cargo, including air services.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

(6)          Rate Regulation

 

Matson is subject to the jurisdiction of the Surface Transportation Board with respect to its domestic rates.  A rate in the noncontiguous domestic trade is presumed reasonable and will not be subject to investigation if the aggregate of increases and decreases is not more than 7.5 percent above, or more than 10 percent below, the rate in effect one year before the effective date of the proposed rate, subject to increase or decrease by the percentage change in the U.S. Producer Price Index (“zone of reasonableness”).  Matson raised its rates in its Hawaii service, effective January 1, 2012 and again January 1, 2013, by $175 per westbound container and $85 per eastbound container and its terminal handling charges by $50 per westbound container and $25 per eastbound container.  Matson did not implement a general rate increase in its Guam Service in 2012 or 2013 but did raise the Guam terminal handling charge in both years. Rising fuel-related costs caused Matson to raise its fuel-related surcharge from 40.5 percent to 45.5 percent in its Hawaii service effective February 26, 2012.  Because of increasing container volume related to the recent exit of a key competitor, Matson did not increase its fuel-related surcharge for its Guam Service at that time, keeping it at 42.0 percent.  Declines in fuel costs caused Matson to reduce its fuel-related surcharge to 42.0 percent in its Hawaii service and 38.5 percent in its Guam service, effective June 17, 2012.  Declines in fuel costs continued, and Matson further reduced its fuel-related surcharge to 39.0 percent in its Hawaii service and to 35.5 percent in its Guam service, effective July 15, 2012.  After that, fuel prices and fuel-related costs began rising substantially, and Matson raised its fuel-related surcharge to 43.5 percent in its Hawaii service and 40.0 percent in its Guam service, effective October 7, 2012.  Matson’s China Service is subject to the jurisdiction of the Federal Maritime Commission (“FMC”).  No such zone of reasonableness applies under FMC regulation.

 

B.            Employees and Labor Relations

 

As of December 31, 2012, Matson and its subsidiaries had approximately 1,068 employees.  Approximately 23 percent were covered by collective bargaining agreements with unions, with less than one percent of Matson employees covered by bargaining agreements expiring in 2013.

 

At December 31, 2012, the active Matson fleet employed seagoing personnel in 203 billets.  Each billet corresponds to a position on a ship that typically is filled by two or more employees because seagoing personnel rotate between active sea duty and time ashore.

 

Matson’s seagoing employees are represented by six unions, three representing unlicensed crew members and three representing licensed crew members.  Matson negotiates directly with these unions.  Matson’s agreements with the Seafarer’s International Union, the Sailors Union of the Pacific and the Marine Firemen’s Union were renewed in mid-2008 through June 2013. Contracts that Matson has with the American Radio Association were renewed in mid-2009 through August 15, 2013.  Contracts that Matson has with the Masters, Mates & Pilots will expire on August 15, 2023 for thirteen vessels and on August 15, 2018 for one managed vessel, and Matson’s contract with the Marine Engineers Beneficial Association will expire on August 15, 2018.

 

The absence of strikes and the availability of labor through hiring halls are important to the maintenance of profitable operations by Matson.  In the last 40 years, only once in 2002 when International Longshore and Warehouse Union (“ILWU”) workers were locked out for ten days on the U.S. Pacific Coast has Matson’s operations been disrupted significantly by labor disputes.

 

SSAT, the previously-described joint venture of Matson and SSA, provides stevedoring and terminal services for Matson vessels calling at U.S. Pacific Coast ports.  Matson, SSA and SSAT are members of the Pacific Maritime Association (“PMA”) which, on behalf of its members, negotiates collective bargaining agreements with the ILWU on the U.S. Pacific Coast.  A six-year PMA/ILWU Master Contract, which covers all Pacific Coast longshore labor, was negotiated in 2008 and will expire on June 30, 2014.  Matson Terminals provides stevedoring and terminal services to Matson and other vessel operators calling at Honolulu and on the islands of Hawaii, Maui and Kauai.  Matson Terminals is a member of the Hawaii Stevedore Industry Committee, which negotiates with the ILWU in Hawaii on behalf of its members.  In 2008, Matson signed six-year agreements with each of the ILWU units, which will expire on June 30, 2014.

 

7



Table of Contents

 

During 2010, Matson maintained its collective bargaining agreements with ILWU clerical workers in Honolulu and Oakland, which are in effect through June 2014.  The bargaining agreement with ILWU clerical workers in Long Beach was renegotiated in 2010 for another three-year period.  Matson expects to renegotiate a new agreement before expiration on June 30, 2013.  The health & welfare and pension provisions were not renegotiated; however, the parties agreed to match the provisions that are negotiated between the ILWU clerical workers in Long Beach and the other employers.  These employers reached a new five-year agreement in December 2012 that was ratified by the ILWU clerical workers membership in February 2013, and will expire on June 30, 2017.

 

During 2012, Matson contributed to multiemployer pension plans for vessel crews.  If Matson were to withdraw from or significantly reduce its obligation to contribute to any one of the plans, Matson would review and evaluate data, actuarial assumptions, calculations and other factors used in determining its withdrawal liability, if any.  If any third parties materially disagree with Matson’s determination, Matson would pursue the various means available to it under federal law for the adjustment or removal of its withdrawal liability.  Also, Matson participates in a multiemployer pension plan for its office clerical workers in Long Beach.  Matson Terminals participates in two multiemployer pension plans for its Hawaii ILWU non-clerical employees.  For a discussion of withdrawal liabilities under the Hawaii longshore and seagoing plans, see Note 8 (“Employee Benefit Plans”) to Matson’s consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II below.

 

C.            Energy

 

Matson purchases residual fuel oil, lubricants, gasoline and diesel fuel for its operations and also pays fuel surcharges to drayage providers and rail carriers.  Residual fuel oil is by far Matson’s largest energy-related expense.  In 2012, Matson used approximately 1.9 million barrels of residual fuel oil for its vessels, compared with 2.5 million barrels in 2011 (which included fuel for Matson’s CLX2 service that was discontinued in the third quarter of 2011) at an average price of $109.41 and $101.19 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

D.            Available Information

 

Matson files reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).  The reports and other information filed include: annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and other reports and information filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”).

 

The public may read and copy any materials Matson files with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549.  The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.  The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding Matson and other issuers that file electronically with the SEC.  The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

 

Matson makes available, free of charge on or through its Internet website, Matson’s annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after it electronically files such material with, or furnishes it to, the SEC.  The address of Matson’s Internet website is www.matson.com.

 

8



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS

 

Matson’s business faces the risks set forth below, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.  All forward-looking statements made by the Company or on the Company’s behalf are qualified by the risks described below.

 

Risks Relating To Operations

 

Changes in U.S., global, or regional economic conditions that result in a further decrease in consumer confidence or market demand for the Company’s services and products in Hawaii, the U.S. Mainland, Guam, Asia or South Pacific may adversely affect the Company’s financial position, results of operations, liquidity, or cash flows.

 

A continuation or further weakening of the U.S., Guam, Asian, South Pacific or global economies may adversely impact the level of freight volumes and freight rates. Within the U.S., a further weakening of economic drivers in Hawaii, which include tourism, military spending, construction starts, personal income growth, and employment, or the further weakening of consumer confidence, market demand or the economy in the U.S. Mainland, may further reduce the demand for goods to and from Hawaii and Asia, travel to Hawaii and domestic transportation of goods, adversely affecting inland and ocean transportation volumes or rates.  In addition, overcapacity in the global or transpacific ocean transportation markets or a change in the cost of goods or currency exchange rates may adversely affect freight volumes and rates in the Company’s China service.

 

In addition, the Company could be impacted by the possible impact of cuts to federal programs, including Defense Department programs, as result of a federal sequestration scheduled to take place in March, 2013.  The Budget Control Act could impose an estimated $1.2 trillion in future federal spending cuts if budget deficit targets are not achieved. While Congress is discussing various options to prevent or defer sequestration, we cannot predict whether any such efforts will succeed. The impact of sequestration on our carriage of military cargo is unknown; however, it is possible that a funding delay could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Company may face new or increased competition.

 

The Company may face new competition by established or start-up shipping operators that enter the Company’s markets.  The entry of a new competitor or the addition of ships or capacity by existing competition on any of the Company’s routes could result in a significant increase in available shipping capacity that could have an adverse effect on volumes and rates.

 

One current competitor, Pasha Hawaii Transport Lines, announced that it intends to place a second ship into its Hawaii service as early as 2014.  The extent of this market entry, in terms of sailing frequency, service reliability, slot availability, cargo configuration and service differentiation, is unknown.  However, there may be a period of competitive disruption impacting rates and volumes following this market entry that would impact all carriers in the Hawaii trade, including Matson.

 

The loss of or damage to key vendor, agent and customer relationships may adversely affect the Company’s business.

 

The Company’s businesses are dependent on their relationships with key vendors, agents and customers, and derive a significant portion of their revenues from the Company’s largest customers. The Company’s business relies on its relationships with the military, freight forwarders, large retailers and consumer goods and automobile manufacturers, as well as other larger customers. Relationships with railroads and shipping companies and agents are important in the Company’s intermodal business. For 2012, the Company’s ocean transportation business’ ten largest customers accounted for approximately 23 percent of the business’ revenue.  For 2012, the Company’s logistics business’ ten largest customers accounted for approximately 26 percent of the business’ revenue. The loss of or damage to any of these key relationships may adversely affect the Company’s business and revenue.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

An increase in fuel prices, or changes in the Company’s ability to collect fuel surcharges, may adversely affect the Company’s profits.

 

Fuel is a significant operating expense for the Company’s ocean transportation business.  The price and supply of fuel are unpredictable and fluctuate based on events beyond the Company’s control.  Increases in the price of fuel may adversely affect the Company’s results of operations based on market and competitive conditions. Increases in fuel costs also can lead to other expense increases, through, for example, increased costs of energy and purchased transportation services.  In the Company’s ocean transportation and logistics services segments, the Company is able to utilize fuel surcharges to partially recover increases in fuel expense, although increases in the fuel surcharge may adversely affect the Company’s competitive position and may not correspond exactly with the timing of increases in fuel expense. Changes in the Company’s ability to collect fuel surcharges may adversely affect its results of operations.

 

Work stoppages or other labor disruptions by the unionized employees of the Company or other companies in related industries may adversely affect the Company’s operations.

 

As of December 31, 2012, the Company had approximately 1,068 regular full-time employees, of which approximately 23 percent were covered by collective bargaining agreements with unions. The Company could be adversely affected by actions taken by employees of the Company or other companies in related industries against efforts by management to control labor costs, restrain wage or benefits increases or modify work practices. Strikes and disruptions may occur as a result of the failure of the Company or other companies in its industry to negotiate collective bargaining agreements with such unions successfully.

 

The Company is susceptible to weather and natural disasters.

 

The Company’s operations are vulnerable to disruption as a result of weather and natural disasters such as bad weather at sea, hurricanes, typhoons, tsunamis, floods and earthquakes. Such events will interfere with the Company’s ability to provide on-time scheduled service, resulting in increased expenses and potential loss of business associated with such events.  In addition, severe weather and natural disasters can result in interference with the Company’s terminal operations, and may cause serious damage to its vessels, loss or damage to containers, cargo and other equipment, and loss of life or physical injury to its employees, all of which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business.

 

The Company maintains casualty insurance under policies it believes to be adequate and appropriate. These policies are generally subject to large retentions and deductibles. Some types of losses, such as losses resulting from a port blockage, generally are not insured. In some cases the Company retains the entire risk of loss because it is not economically prudent to purchase insurance coverage or because of the perceived remoteness of the risk. Other risks are uninsured because insurance coverage may not be commercially available. Finally, the Company retains all risk of loss that exceeds the limits of its insurance.

 

The Company’s significant operating agreements and leases could be replaced on less favorable terms or may not be replaced.

 

The significant operating agreements and leases of the Company in its various businesses expire at various points in the future and may not be replaced or could be replaced on less favorable terms, thereby adversely affecting the Company’s future financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

Interruption or failure of the Company’s information technology and communications systems could impair the Company’s ability to operate and adversely affect its business.

 

The Company is highly dependent on information technology systems. These dependencies include accounting, billing, disbursement, cargo booking and tracking, vessel scheduling and stowage, equipment tracking, customer service, banking, payroll and employee communication systems. All information technology and communication systems are subject to reliability issues, integration and compatibility concerns, and security-threatening intrusions.  The Company may experience failures caused by the occurrence of a natural disaster, computer hacking or viruses or other unanticipated problems at the Company’s facilities. Any failure of the Company’s systems could result in interruptions in its service or production, reductions in its revenue and profits and damage to its reputation.

 

Loss of the Company’s key personnel could adversely affect its business.

 

The Company’s future success will depend, in significant part, upon the continued services of its key personnel, including its senior management and skilled employees. The loss of the services of key personnel could adversely affect the Company’s future operating results because of such employee’s experience and knowledge of the Company’s business and customer relationships. If key employees depart, the Company may have to incur significant costs to replace them, and the Company’s ability to execute its business model could be impaired if it cannot replace them in a timely manner. The Company does not expect to maintain key person insurance on any of its key personnel.

 

The Company is involved in a joint venture and is subject to risks associated with joint venture relationships.

 

The Company is involved in the SSAT joint venture, and may initiate future joint venture projects. A joint venture involves certain risks such as:

 

·      the Company may not have voting control over the joint venture;

·      the Company may not be able to maintain good relationships with its venture partners;

·      the venture partner at any time may have economic or business interests that are inconsistent with the Company’s;

·      the venture partner may fail to fund its share of capital for operations, or to fulfill its other commitments, including providing accurate and timely accounting and financial information to the Company;

·      the joint venture or venture partner could lose key personnel; and

·      the venture partner could become bankrupt, requiring the Company to assume all risks and capital requirements related to the joint venture project, and the related bankruptcy proceedings could have an adverse impact on the operation of the partnership or joint venture.

 

In addition, the Company relies on the SSAT joint venture for its stevedoring services on the West Coast of the U.S. market.

 

The Company is subject to risks associated with conducting business in a foreign shipping market.

 

Matson’s China, Micronesia and South Pacific services are subject to risks associated with conducting business in a foreign shipping market, which include:

 

·      challenges in operating in foreign countries and doing business and developing relationships with foreign companies;

·      difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

·      U.S. and foreign legal and regulatory restrictions, including compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and foreign laws that prohibit corrupt payments to government officials;

·      global vessel overcapacity that may lead to decreases in volumes and shipping rates;

·      competition with established and new carriers;

·      currency exchange rate fluctuations;

·      political and economic instability;

·      protectionist measures that may affect the Company’s operation of its wholly-owned foreign enterprise; and

·      challenges caused by cultural differences.

 

Any of these risks has the potential to adversely affect the Company’s operating results.

 

11



Table of Contents

 

The Company’s logistics segment is dependent upon third parties for equipment, capacity and services essential to operate the Company’s logistics business, and if the Company fails to secure sufficient third party services, its business could be adversely affected.

 

The Company’s logistics segment is dependent upon rail, truck and ocean transportation services provided by independent third parties. If the Company cannot secure sufficient transportation equipment, capacity or services from these third parties at a reasonable rate to meet its customers’ needs and schedules, customers may seek to have their transportation and logistics needs met by other third parties on a temporary or permanent basis. As a result, the Company’s business, consolidated results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

The Company is subject to risks related to a marine accident or spill event.

 

The Company’s vessel operations could be faced with a maritime accident, oil spill, or other environmental mishap. Such event may lead to personal injury, loss of life, damage of property, pollution and suspension of operations. As a result, such event could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business.

 

Acquisitions may have an adverse effect on the Company’s business.

 

The Company’s growth strategy includes expansion through acquisitions.  Acquisitions may result in difficulties in assimilating acquired assets or companies, and may result in the diversion of the Company’s capital and its management’s attention from other business issues and opportunities. The Company may not be able to integrate companies that it acquires successfully, including their personnel, financial systems, distribution, operations and general operating procedures. The Company may also encounter challenges in achieving appropriate internal control over financial reporting in connection with the integration of an acquired company. The Company may pay a premium for an acquisition, resulting in goodwill that may later be determined to be impaired, adversely affecting the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

Heightened security measures, war, actual or threatened terrorist attacks, efforts to combat terrorism and other acts of violence may adversely impact the Company’s operations and profitability.

 

War, terrorist attacks and other acts of violence may cause consumer confidence and spending to decrease, or may affect the ability or willingness of tourists to travel to Hawaii, thereby adversely affecting Hawaii’s economy and the Company.  Additionally, future terrorist attacks could increase the volatility in the U.S. and worldwide financial markets. Acts of war or terrorism may be directed at the Company’s shipping operations, or may cause the U.S. government to take control of Matson’s vessels for military operation.  Heightened security measures potentially slow the movement and increase the cost of freight through U.S. or foreign ports, across borders or on U.S. or foreign railroads or highways and could adversely affect the Company’s business and results of operations.

 

The Separation may expose us or our shareholders to significant liabilities, or prevent us from undertaking certain desirable transactions.

 

The Company and A&B entered into a number of agreements in connection with the Separation that set forth certain rights and obligations of the parties post-Separation, including a Separation and Distribution Agreement, a Tax Sharing Agreement, an Employee Matters Agreement and a Transition Services Agreement. The Company possesses certain rights under those agreements, including indemnification rights from certain liabilities allocated to A&B. The failure of A&B to perform its obligations under the Separation related agreements could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.  In addition, the Company received a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), as well as an opinion from Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (which opinion relies on the effectiveness of the IRS ruling), substantially to the effect that, among other things, the Separation and the distribution of shares, taken together, will qualify as a

 

12



Table of Contents

 

reorganization under Section 368(a)(1)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code. If there is a determination that the Separation and the distribution is taxable for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we, A&B, and their respective investors could become subject to significant tax and other liabilities and costs.  In addition, in order to preserve the tax free nature of the Separation, the parties have agreed not to issue equity securities representing 50 percent or more of their equity interests, acquire businesses or assets by issuing securities representing 50 percent or more of their equity interests or become parties to mergers or asset transfers that could jeopardize the tax-free status of the Separation.

 

Risks Relating to Financial Matters

 

A deterioration of the Company’s credit profile or disruptions of the credit markets could restrict its ability to access the debt capital markets or increase the cost of debt.

 

Deterioration in the Company’s credit profile may ultimately have an adverse effect on the Company’s ability to access the private or public debt markets and also may increase its borrowing costs.  If the Company’s credit profile deteriorates significantly, its access to the debt capital markets or its ability to renew its committed lines of credit may become restricted, or the Company may not be able to refinance debt at the same levels or on the same terms. Because the Company relies on its ability to draw on its revolving credit facilities to support its operations, when required, any volatility in the credit and financial markets that prevents the Company from accessing funds (for example, a lender that does not fulfill its lending obligation) could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and cash flows. Additionally, the Company’s credit agreements generally include an increase in borrowing rates if the Company’s credit profile deteriorates. Furthermore, the Company incurs interest under its revolving credit facilities based on floating rates. Floating rate debt creates higher debt service requirements if market interest rates increase, which would adversely affect the Company’s cash flow and results of operations.

 

Failure to comply with certain restrictive financial covenants contained in the Company’s credit facilities could preclude the payment of dividends, impose restrictions on the Company’s business segments, capital resources or other activities or otherwise adversely affect the Company.

 

The Company’s credit facilities contain certain restrictive financial covenants, the most restrictive of which include the maintenance of minimum shareholders’ equity levels, a maximum ratio of debt to earnings before interest, depreciation, amortization, and taxes, and the maintenance of no more than a maximum amount of priority debt as a percentage of consolidated tangible assets. If the Company does not maintain the required covenants, and that breach of covenants is not cured timely or waived by the lenders, resulting in default, the Company’s access to credit may be limited or terminated, dividends may be suspended, and the lenders could declare any outstanding amounts due and payable. The Company’s continued ability to borrow under its credit facilities is subject to compliance with these financial and other non-financial covenants.

 

Changes in the value of pension assets, or a change in pension law or key assumptions, may adversely affect the Company’s financial performance.

 

The amount of the Company’s employee pension and post-retirement benefit costs and obligations are calculated on assumptions used in the relevant actuarial calculations. Adverse changes in any of these assumptions due to economic or other factors, changes in discount rates, higher health care costs, or lower actual or expected returns on plan assets, may adversely affect the Company’s operating results, cash flows, and financial condition. In addition, a change in federal law, including changes to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act or Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation premiums, may adversely affect the Company’s single-employer and multiemployer pension plans and plan funding.  These factors, as well as a decline in the fair value of pension plan assets, may put upward pressure on the cost of providing pension and medical benefits and may increase future pension expense and required funding contributions. Although the Company has frozen the pension plan and actively sought to control increases in these costs, there can be no assurance that it will be successful in limiting future cost and expense increases, and continued upward pressure in costs and expenses could further reduce the profitability of the Company’s businesses.

 

13



Table of Contents

 

The Company may have exposure under its multiemployer pension and postretirement plans in which it participates that extends beyond its funding obligation with respect to the Company’s employees.

 

The Company contributes to various multiemployer pension plans. In the event of a partial or complete withdrawal by the Company from any plan that is underfunded, the Company would be liable for a proportionate share of such plan’s unfunded vested benefits. Based on the limited information available from plan administrators, which the Company cannot independently validate, the Company believes that its portion of the contingent liability in the case of a full withdrawal or termination may be material to its financial position and results of operations. If any other contributing employer withdraws from any plan that is underfunded, and such employer (or any member in its controlled group) cannot satisfy its obligations under the plan at the time of withdrawal, then the Company, along with the other remaining contributing employers, would be liable for its proportionate share of such plan’s unfunded vested benefits. In addition, if a multiemployer plan fails to satisfy the minimum funding requirements, the Internal Revenue Service will impose certain penalties and taxes.

 

Risks Relating to Legal and Legislative Matters

 

The Company is subject to, and may in the future be subject to, disputes, legal or other proceedings, or government inquiries or investigations, that could have an adverse effect on the Company.

 

The nature of the Company’s business exposes it to the potential for disputes, legal or other proceedings, or government inquiries or investigations, relating to antitrust matters, labor and employment matters, personal injury and property damage, environmental matters, and other matters, as discussed in the other risk factors disclosed in this section or in other Company filings with the SEC. For example, Matson is a common carrier, whose tariffs, rates, rules and practices in dealing with its customers are governed by extensive and complex foreign, federal, state and local regulations, which may be the subject of disputes or administrative or judicial proceedings.  If these disputes develop into proceedings, these proceedings, individually or collectively, could involve or result in significant expenditures or losses by the Company, or result in significant changes to Matson’s tariffs, rates, rules and practices in dealing with its customers, all of which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s future operating results, including profitability, cash flows, and financial condition.  For a description of significant legal proceedings involving the Company, see “Legal Proceedings” below.

 

Repeal, substantial amendment, or waiver of the Jones Act or its application could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business.

 

If the Jones Act was to be repealed, substantially amended, or waived and, as a consequence, competitors with lower operating costs by utilizing their ability to acquire and operate foreign-flag and foreign-built vessels were to enter the Hawaii market, the Company’s business would be adversely affected. In addition, the Company’s advantage as a U.S.-citizen operator of Jones Act vessels could be eroded by periodic efforts and attempts by foreign interests to circumvent certain aspects of the Jones Act. If maritime cabotage services were included in the General Agreement on Trade in Services, the North American Free Trade Agreement or other international trade agreements, or if the restrictions contained in the Jones Act were otherwise altered, the shipping of cargo between covered U.S. ports could be opened to foreign-flag or foreign-built vessels.

 

Noncompliance with, or changes to, federal, state or local law or regulations, including passage of climate change legislation or regulation, may adversely affect the Company’s business.

 

The Company is subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations, including cabotage laws, government rate regulations, and environmental regulations including those relating to air quality initiatives at port locations, including, but not limited to, the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation & Liability Act of 1980, the Clean Water Act, the Invasive Species Act and the Clean Air Act. Continued compliance with these laws and regulations may result in additional costs and changes in operating procedures that may adversely affect the Company’s business. Noncompliance with, or changes to, the laws and regulations governing the Company’s business could impose significant additional costs on the Company and adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. In addition, changes in environmental laws impacting the business, including passage of climate change legislation or other regulatory initiatives that

 

14



Table of Contents

 

restrict emissions of greenhouse gasses, may require costly vessel modifications, the use of higher-priced fuel and changes in operating practices that may not all be able to be recovered through increased payments from customers.  Further changes to these laws and regulations could adversely affect the Company. Climate change legislation, such as limiting and reducing greenhouse gas emissions through a “cap and trade” system of allowances and credits, if enacted, may have an adverse effect on the Company’s business.

 

Risks Related to Capital Structure

 

The Company’s business could be adversely affected if the Company were determined not to be a U.S. citizen under the Jones Act.

 

Certain provisions of the Company’s articles of incorporation protect the Company’s ability to maintain its status as a U.S. citizen under the Jones Act. Although the Company believes it currently is a U.S. citizen under the Jones Act, if non-U.S. citizens were able to defeat such articles of incorporation restrictions and own in the aggregate more than 25 percent of the Company’s common stock, the Company would no longer be considered a U.S. citizen under the Jones Act. Such an event could result in the Company’s ineligibility to engage in coastwise trade and the imposition of substantial penalties against it, including seizure or forfeiture of its vessels, which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operation.

 

The Company has a shareholder rights plan, or poison pill, which could affect the price of its common stock and make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to purchase a large portion of our securities, to initiate a tender offer or a proxy contest, or to acquire the Company.

 

On June 8, 2012, the Company’s board of directors adopted a shareholder rights plan, commonly known as a “poison pill.” The poison pill may discourage, delay, or prevent a third party from acquiring a large portion of our securities, initiating a tender offer or proxy contest, or acquiring us through an acquisition, merger, or similar transaction. Such an acquirer could be prevented from consummating one of these transactions even if the Company’s shareholders might receive a premium for their shares over then-current market prices.

 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.

 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

See “Business and Properties — Business Description - Rate Regulation” above for a discussion of rate and other regulatory matters in which Matson is routinely involved.

 

On April 21, 2008, MatNav was served with a grand jury subpoena from the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Florida for documents and information relating to water carriage in connection with the Department of Justice’s investigation into the pricing and other competitive practices of carriers operating in the domestic trades.  Matson understands that while the investigation originally was focused primarily on the Puerto Rico trade, it also includes pricing and other competitive practices in connection with all domestic trades, including the Alaska, Hawaii and Guam trades.  Matson does not operate vessels in the Puerto Rico and Alaska trades.  It does operate vessels in the Hawaii and Guam trades.  Matson has cooperated, and will continue to cooperate, fully with the Department of Justice.  If the Department of Justice believes that any violations have occurred on the part of Matson, it could seek civil or criminal sanctions, including monetary fines.  The Company is unable to predict, at this time, the outcome or financial impact, if any, of this investigation.

 

Matson and its subsidiaries are parties to, or may be contingently liable in connection with, other legal actions arising in the normal conduct of their businesses, the outcomes of which, in the opinion of management after consultation with counsel, would not have a material adverse effect on Matson’s results of operations or financial position.

 

15



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

Not Applicable.

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Concurrently with the Separation, the Company changed its trading symbol to MATX.  Common stock, prior to the completion of the Separation, had traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “ALEX”.  Following the completion of the Separation, Matson’s common stock has traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “MATX.” As of February 26, 2013, there were 2,710 shareholders of record of Matson common stock. In addition, Cede & Co., which appears as a single record holder, represents the holdings of thousands of beneficial owners of Matson common stock.

 

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*

Among Matson, Inc., the S&P 500 Index, and the Dow Jones US Industrial Transportation TSM Index

 

GRAPHIC

 

*$100 invested on 12/31/07 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.

Fiscal year ending December 31.

 

Copyright© 2013 S&P, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. All rights reserved.

Copyright© 2013 Dow Jones & Co. All rights reserved.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

Trading volume averaged 245,085 shares a day in 2012 compared with 254,081 shares a day in 2011 and 201,147 shares a day in 2010.

 

The quarterly intra-day high and low sales prices and end of quarter closing prices, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange, and cash dividends paid per share of common stock, for 2012 and 2011, were as follows:

 

 

 

 

Dividends

 

Market Price

 

 

 

Paid

 

High

 

Low

 

Close

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

0.315

 

$

49.49

 

$

40.64

 

$

48.45

 

Second Quarter

 

$

0.315

 

$

53.71

 

$

47.22

 

$

53.25

 

Third Quarter

 

$

0.150

 

$

30.30

 

$

19.96

 

$

20.91

 

Fourth Quarter

 

$

0.150

 

$

25.23

 

$

20.00

 

$

24.72

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

0.315

 

$

46.00

 

$

39.18

 

$

45.65

 

Second Quarter

 

$

0.315

 

$

55.50

 

$

44.50

 

$

48.16

 

Third Quarter

 

$

0.315

 

$

51.66

 

$

36.48

 

$

36.53

 

Fourth Quarter

 

$

0.315

 

$

45.53

 

$

33.09

 

$

40.82

 

 

On June 29, 2012, the Company completed the Separation, which included the distribution of all shares of A&B to the Company’s shareholders.  In the table above, market prices include the value of A&B through June 29, 2012. Although Matson expects to continue paying quarterly cash dividends on its common stock, the declaration and payment of dividends are subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors and will depend upon Matson’s financial condition, results of operations, cash requirements and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors.

 

The Company did not repurchase any of its common stock in 2012, 2011 or 2010.

 

Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2012, included:

 

 

 

Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options, warrants
and rights

 

Weighted-average exercise
price of outstanding options,
warrants and rights

 

Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a))

 

Plan Category

 

(a)

 

(b)

 

(c)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

 

1,353,391

 

$

21.15

 

6,197,202

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

 

 

 

Total

 

1,353,391

 

$

21.15

 

6,197,202

 

 

17



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following  should be read in conjunction with Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” and Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” (dollars and shares in millions, except shareholders of record and per-share amounts):

 

 

 

2012

 

2011(1)

 

2010(1)

 

2009(1)

 

2008(1)

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ocean transportation

 

$

1,189.8

 

$

1,076.2

 

$

1,015.0

 

$

888.2

 

$

1,022.8

 

Logistics

 

370.2

 

386.4

 

355.6

 

320.9

 

436.0

 

Total operating revenue

 

$

1,560.0

 

$

1,462.6

 

$

1,370.6

 

$

1,209.1

 

$

1,458.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ocean transportation(2)

 

$

96.6

 

$

73.7

 

$

118.3

 

$

57.8

 

$

105.6

 

Logistics

 

0.1

 

4.9

 

7.1

 

6.7

 

18.5

 

Operating Income

 

96.7

 

78.6

 

125.4

 

64.5

 

124.1

 

Interest expense

 

(11.7

)

(7.7

)

(8.2

)

(9.0

)

(11.6

)

Income from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes

 

85.0

 

70.9

 

117.2

 

55.5

 

112.5

 

Income tax expense

 

33.0

 

25.1

 

46.7

 

22.5

 

42.5

 

Income From Continuing Operations

 

52.0

 

45.8

 

70.5

 

33.0

 

70.0

 

Income (Loss) From Discontinued Operations (net of income taxes)

 

(6.1

)

(11.6

)

21.6

 

11.2

 

62.4

 

Net Income

 

$

45.9

 

$

34.2

 

$

92.1

 

$

44.2

 

$

132.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identifiable Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ocean transportation(3)

 

$

1,097.2

 

$

1,083.9

 

$

1,084.7

 

$

1,095.2

 

$

1,153.9

 

Logistics(4)

 

77.1

 

76.4

 

73.8

 

72.4

 

74.2

 

Other(5)

 

 

1,384.0

 

1,336.1

 

1,212.0

 

1,122.1

 

Total assets

 

$

1,174.3

 

$

2,544.3

 

$

2,494.6

 

$

2,379.6

 

$

2,350.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Expenditures for Continuing Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ocean transportation

 

$

37.0

 

$

44.2

 

$

69.4

 

$

12.7

 

$

35.5

 

Logistics(6)

 

1.1

 

3.0

 

1.8

 

0.6

 

2.4

 

Total capital expenditures

 

$

38.1

 

$

47.2

 

$

71.2

 

$

13.3

 

$

37.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and Amortization from Continuing Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ocean transportation

 

$

69.1

 

$

68.4

 

$

67.6

 

$

67.1

 

$

66.1

 

Logistics

 

3.4

 

3.2

 

3.2

 

3.5

 

2.3

 

Total depreciation and amortization

 

$

72.5

 

$

71.6

 

$

70.8

 

$

70.6

 

$

68.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

1.23

 

1.10

 

1.71

 

0.80

 

1.70

 

Diluted

 

1.22

 

1.09

 

1.70

 

0.80

 

1.69

 

Net income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

1.09

 

0.82

 

2.23

 

1.08

 

3.21

 

Diluted

 

1.08

 

0.81

 

2.22

 

1.08

 

3.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average equity

 

6.5

%

3.2

%

8.6

%

4.1

%

12.0

%

Cash dividends per share

 

0.93

 

1.26

 

1.26

 

1.26

 

1.235

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At Year End

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders of record

 

2,729

 

2,923

 

3,079

 

3,197

 

3,269

 

Shares outstanding

 

42.6

 

41.7

 

41.3

 

41.0

 

41.0

 

Long-term debt – non-current

 

302.7

 

180.1

 

136.6

 

148.1

 

162.7

 

 

18



Table of Contents

 


(1)              Prior year amounts restated for amounts treated as discontinued operations.

 

(2)              The ocean transportation segment includes approximately $3.2 million, $8.6 million, $12.8 million, $6.2 million, and $5.2 million of equity in earnings from its investment in SSAT for 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

(3)              The ocean transportation segment includes approximately $59.6 million, $56.5 million, $52.9 million, $47.2 million, and $44.6 million, related to its investment in SSAT as of December 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

 

(4)     Includes goodwill of $27.0 million as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

(5)              Includes assets related to discontinued operations from A&B and CLX2 of $1.4 billion, $1.3 billion, $1.2 billion and $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

(6)              Excludes expenditures related to Matson Logistics’ acquisitions, which are classified as acquisition of businesses in Cash Flows from Investing Activities within the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND RISK FACTORS

 

The Company, from time to time, may make or may have made certain forward-looking statements, whether orally or in writing, such as forecasts and projections of the Company’s future performance or statements of management’s plans and objectives. These statements are “forward-looking” statements as that term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements may be contained in, among other things, SEC filings, such as the Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K, the Annual Report to Shareholders, press releases made by the Company, the Company’s Internet Web sites (including Web sites of its subsidiaries), and oral statements made by the officers of the Company. Except for historical information contained in these written or oral communications, such communications contain forward-looking statements. These include, for example, all references to 2013 or future years. New risk factors emerge from time to time and it is not possible for the Company to predict all such risk factors, nor can it assess the impact of all such risk factors on the Company’s business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Accordingly, forward-looking statements cannot be relied upon as a guarantee of future results and involve a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in the statements, including, but not limited to the factors that are described in Part I, Item 1A under the caption of “Risk Factors” of this Form 10-K, which section is incorporated herein by reference. The Company is not required, and undertakes no obligation, to revise or update forward-looking statements or any factors that may affect actual results, whether as a result of new information, future events, or circumstances occurring after the date of this report.

 

OVERVIEW

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is designed to provide a discussion of the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and certain other factors that may affect its future results from the perspective of management. The discussion that follows is intended to provide information that will assist in understanding the changes in the Company’s financial statements from year to year, the primary factors that accounted for those changes, and how certain accounting principles, policies and estimates affect the Company’s financial statements. MD&A is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes to the financial statements. MD&A is presented in the following sections:

 

·                  Business Overview

·                  Critical Accounting Estimates

·                  Consolidated Results of Operations

·                  Analysis of Operating Revenue and Income by Segment

·                  Liquidity and Capital Resources

·                  Contractual Obligations, Commitments, Contingencies and Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements

·                  Business Outlook

·                  Other Matters

 

19



Table of Contents

 

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

 

Founded in 1882, Matson is a leading U.S. ocean freight carrier in the Pacific. Matson provides a vital lifeline to the island economies of Hawaii, Guam and Micronesia, and operates a premium, expedited service from China to Southern California. The Company’s fleet of 17 vessels includes containerships, combination container and roll-on/roll-off ships and custom-designed barges. Matson Logistics, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of MatNav, was established in 1987 and extends the geographic reach of Matson’s transportation network throughout the continental U.S. and China.  Logistics’ integrated, asset-light logistics services include rail intermodal, highway brokerage and warehousing.

 

Ocean Transportation: The ocean transportation segment of Matson’s business, which is conducted through MatNav, is an asset-based business that generates revenue primarily through the carriage of containerized freight between various U.S. Pacific Coast, Hawaii, Guam, Micronesia, China and other Pacific island ports.

 

Also, the Company has a 35 percent ownership interest in SSA Terminals, LLC through a joint venture between Matson Ventures, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of MatNav, and SSA Ventures, Inc., a subsidiary of Carrix, Inc.  SSAT provides terminal and stevedoring services to various international carriers at six terminal facilities on the U.S. Pacific Coast and to MatNav at several of those facilities.  Matson records its share of income in the joint venture in operating expenses within the ocean transportation segment, due to the operations of the joint venture being an integral part of the Company’s business.

 

Logistics: The logistics segment of Matson’s business, which is conducted through Logistics, is an asset-light based business that is a provider of domestic and international rail intermodal service, long-haul and regional highway brokerage, specialized hauling, flat-bed and project work, less-than-truckload services, expedited freight services, and warehousing and distribution services.  Warehousing, packaging and distribution services are provided by Matson Logistics Warehousing, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Logistics.

 

Separation Transaction: The Separation was completed on June 29, 2012.  In the Separation, the shareholders of Holdings received one share of common stock of A&B for every share of Holdings held of record as of June 18, 2012.  Immediately following the Separation, Alexander & Baldwin Holdings, Inc. changed its name to Matson, Inc.  For accounting purposes, Matson is the successor company to the Former Parent Company.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

 

The Company’s significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, upon which the MD&A is based, requires that management exercise judgment when making estimates and assumptions about future events that may affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty and actual results will, inevitably, differ from those critical accounting estimates. These differences could be material.

 

The Company considers an accounting estimate to be critical if: (i)(a) the accounting estimate requires the Company to make assumptions that are difficult or subjective about matters that were highly uncertain at the time that the accounting estimate was made, (b) changes in the estimate are reasonably likely to occur in periods after the period in which the estimate was made, or (c) use of different estimates by the Company could have been used, and (ii) changes in those assumptions or estimates would have had a material impact on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company. The critical accounting estimates inherent in the preparation of the Company’s financial statements are described below.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Finite-Lived Intangible Assets:  The Company’s long-lived assets, including finite-lived intangible assets, are reviewed for possible impairment annually and whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.  In such an evaluation, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows generated by the asset are compared with the amount recorded for the asset to determine if its carrying value is not recoverable. If this review determines that the recorded value will not be recovered, the

 

20



Table of Contents

 

amount recorded for the asset is reduced to estimated fair value. The Company has evaluated certain long-lived assets, including intangible assets, for impairment.  During 2012 the Company determined that it had an impairment related to intangible assets at Logistics.  The Company recorded impairment expense of $2.1 million for 2012, which is included in operating expense on the Consolidated Statement of Income and Comprehensive Income.  No impairment charges were recorded in 2011, and 2010. These asset impairment analyses are highly subjective because they require management to make assumptions and apply considerable judgments to, among others, estimates of the timing and amount of future cash flows, expected useful lives of the assets, uncertainty about future events, including changes in economic conditions, changes in operating performance, changes in the use of the assets, and ongoing costs of maintenance and improvements of the assets, and thus, the accounting estimates may change from period to period. If management uses different assumptions or if different conditions occur in future periods, the Company’s financial condition or its future operating results could be materially impacted.

 

Impairment of Investments: The Company’s investment in its terminal joint venture is reviewed for impairment annually and whenever there is evidence that fair value may be below carrying cost. An investment is written down to fair value if fair value is below carrying cost and the impairment is other-than-temporary. In evaluating the fair value of an investment and whether any identified impairment is other-than-temporary, significant estimates and considerable judgments are involved.  These estimates and judgments are based, in part, on the Company’s current and future evaluation of economic conditions in general, as well as a joint venture’s current and future plans. Additionally, these impairment calculations are highly subjective because they also require management to make assumptions and apply judgments to estimates regarding the timing and amount of future cash flows, probabilities related to various cash flow scenarios, and appropriate discount rates based on the perceived risks, among others. In evaluating whether an impairment is other-than-temporary, the Company considers all available information, including the length of time and extent of the impairment, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the affiliate, the Company’s ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value, and projected industry and economic trends, among others. Changes in these and other assumptions could affect the projected operational results and fair value of the unconsolidated joint venture, and accordingly, may require valuation adjustments to the Company’s investment that may materially impact the Company’s financial condition or its future operating results. For example, if current market conditions deteriorate significantly or a joint venture’s plans change materially, impairment charges may be required in future periods, and those charges could be material.  The Company has evaluated its investment in SSAT for impairment and no impairment charges were recorded in 2012, 2011 and 2010 as a result of this process.

 

Impairment of Vessels: The Company operates an integrated network of vessels, containers, and terminal equipment; therefore, in evaluating impairment, the Company groups its assets at the ocean transportation entity level, which represents the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are available. The Company’s vessels and equipment are reviewed for possible impairment annually and whenever events or circumstances, such as recurring operating losses, indicate that their carrying values may not be recoverable. In evaluating impairment, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows generated by the asset group are compared with the amount recorded for the asset group to determine if its carrying value is not recoverable. If this review determines that the recorded value will not be recovered, the amount recorded for the asset group is reduced to estimated fair value. These asset impairment loss analyses are highly subjective because they require management to make assumptions and apply considerable judgments to, among other things, estimates of the timing and amount of future cash flows, expected useful lives of the assets, uncertainty about future events, including changes in economic conditions, changes in operating performance, changes in the use of the assets, and ongoing costs of maintenance and improvements of the assets, and thus, the accounting estimates may change from period to period. If management uses different assumptions or if different conditions occur in future periods, the Company’s financial condition or its future operating results could be materially impacted.  The Company has not recorded any impairment related to its vessels for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

21



Table of Contents

 

Additional information about the Company’s vessels as of December 31, 2012 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Book Value

 

Net Book Value

 

 

 

Purchase

 

as of

 

as of

 

 

 

Date

 

December 31, 2012

 

December 31, 2012

 

MAUNALEI

 

September 2006

 

$

158.1

 

$

125.1

 

MANULANI

 

June 2005

 

152.1

 

114.3

 

MAUNAWILI

 

September 2004

 

103.8

 

76.2

 

MANUKAI

 

September 2003

 

106.0

 

74.5

 

R.J. PFEIFFER

 

August 1992

 

161.6

 

58.1

 

MOKIHANA

 

January 1996

 

100.5

 

36.2

 

MANOA

 

January 1996

 

64.8

 

18.8

 

KAUAI

 

September 1980

 

91.6

 

18.4

 

MAHIMAHI

 

January 1996

 

62.3

 

18.2

 

MAUI

 

June 1978

 

77.8

 

11.8

 

WAIALEALE

 

November 1991

 

11.0

 

3.5

 

HALEAKALA

 

December 1984

 

15.3

 

3.4

 

LURLINE

 

August 1998

 

17.9

 

2.5

 

MATSONIA

 

October 1987

 

95.6

 

2.4

 

MAUNA KEA

 

August 1988

 

10.2

 

2.2

 

MAUNA LOA

 

December 1984

 

12.7

 

2.2

 

LIHUE

 

January 1996

 

7.8

 

1.9

 

Total vessels

 

 

 

$

1,249.1

 

$

569.7

 

 

Legal Contingencies: The Company’s results of operations could be affected by significant litigation adverse to the Company, including, but not limited to, liability claims, antitrust claims, and claims related to coastwise trading matters. The Company records accruals for legal matters when the information available indicates that it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Management makes adjustments to these accruals to reflect the impact and status of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of counsel and other information and events that may pertain to a particular matter. Predicting the outcome of claims and lawsuits and estimating related costs and exposure involves substantial uncertainties that could cause actual costs to vary materially from those estimates. In making determinations of likely outcomes of litigation matters, the Company considers many factors. These factors include, but are not limited to, the nature of specific claims including unasserted claims, the Company’s experience with similar types of claims, the jurisdiction in which the matter is filed, input from outside legal counsel, the likelihood of resolving the matter through alternative dispute resolution mechanisms and the matter’s current status. A detailed discussion of significant litigation matters is contained in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Self-Insured Liabilities: The Company is self-insured for certain losses including, but not limited to, employee health, workers’ compensation, general liability, real and personal property. Where feasible, the Company obtains third-party excess insurance coverage to limit its exposure to these claims. When estimating its self-insured liabilities, the Company considers a number of factors, including historical claims experience, demographic factors, current trends, and analyses provided by independent third-parties. Periodically, management reviews its assumptions and the analyses provided by independent third-parties to determine the adequacy of the Company’s self-insured liabilities. The Company’s self-insured liabilities contain uncertainties because management is required to apply judgment and make long-term assumptions to estimate the ultimate cost to settle reported claims and claims incurred, but not reported, as of the balance sheet date. If management uses different assumptions or if different conditions occur in future periods, the Company’s financial condition or its future operating results could be materially impacted.

 

Goodwill: The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In estimating the fair value of a reporting unit, the Company uses a combination of a discounted cash flow model and fair value based on market multiples of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”). The discounted cash flow approach requires the Company to use a number of assumptions, including market factors specific to the business, the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows to be generated by the business over an extended period of time, long-term growth rates for the business, and a discount rate that considers the risks related to the amount and timing of the cash flows. Although the assumptions used by the Company in its discounted cash flow model are consistent with the assumptions the Company used to generate its internal strategic plans and forecasts, significant judgment is required to estimate the amount and timing of future cash flows from the reporting unit and the risk of achieving those cash flows. When using market multiples of EBITDA, the Company must make judgments about the comparability of those multiples in closed and proposed transactions. Accordingly,

 

22



Table of Contents

 

changes in assumptions and estimates, including, but not limited to, changes driven by external factors, such as industry and economic trends, and those driven by internal factors, such as changes in the Company’s business strategy and its internal forecasts, could have a material effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.  The Company has not recorded any impairment related to its goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

Pension and Post-Retirement Estimates:  The estimation of the Company’s pension and post-retirement benefit expenses and liabilities requires that the Company make various assumptions. These assumptions include the following factors:

 

·                  Discount rates

·                  Expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets

·                  Salary growth

·                  Health care cost trend rates

·                  Inflation

·                  Retirement rates

·                  Mortality rates

·                  Expected contributions

 

Actual results that differ from the assumptions made with respect to the above factors could materially affect the Company’s financial condition or its future operating results. The effects of changing assumptions are included in unamortized net gains and losses, which directly affect accumulated other comprehensive income. Additionally, these unamortized gains and losses are amortized and reclassified to income (loss) over future periods.

 

The 2012 net periodic costs for qualified pension and post-retirement plans were determined using discount rates of 4.8 percent and 4.9 percent, respectively. The benefit obligations for qualified pension and post-retirement benefit plans, as of December 31, 2012, were determined using discount rates of 4.2 percent and 4.3 percent, respectively. For the Company’s non-qualified pension plans, the 2012 net periodic cost was determined using a discount rate of 3.9 percent and the December 31, 2012 obligation was determined using a discount rate of 2.4 percent. The discount rate used for determining the year-end benefit obligation was generally calculated using a weighting of expected benefit payments and rates associated with high-quality U.S. corporate bonds for each year of expected payment to derive a single estimated rate at which the benefits could be effectively settled at December 31, 2012.

 

The expected return on plan assets of 8.3 percent was based on historical trends combined with long-term expectations, the mix of plan assets, asset class returns, and long-term inflation assumptions. One-, three-, and five-year pension returns (losses) were 15.2 percent, 8.4 percent, and (0.1) percent, respectively. The Company’s long-term rate of return (since inception in 1989) was 8.3 percent.

 

As of December 31, 2012, the Company’s post-retirement obligations were measured using an initial 8.0 percent health care cost trend rate, decreasing by 0.5 percent annually until the ultimate rate of 4.5 percent is reached in 2020.

 

Lowering the expected long-term rate of return on the Company’s qualified pension plan assets by one-half of one percent would have increased pre-tax pension expense for 2012 by approximately $0.6 million. Lowering the discount rate assumption by one-half of one percentage point would have increased pre-tax pension expense for the qualified pension plans by approximately $0.8 million. Additional information about the Company’s benefit plans is included in Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

As of December 31, 2012, the market value of the Company’s qualified defined benefit pension plan assets totaled approximately $149.2 million, compared with $126.0 million as of December 31, 2011. The recorded net pension liability was approximately $60.9 million as of December 31, 2012 and approximately $66.6 million as of December 31, 2011. The Company expects to make contributions totaling $3.5 million to its qualified defined benefit pension plans in 2013. The Company’s contributions to these qualified pension plans were approximately $13.3 million in 2012, $4.4 million in 2011 and $5.9 million in 2010.

 

23



Table of Contents

 

Income Taxes: The Company makes certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments are applied in the calculation of tax credits, tax benefits and deductions, and in the calculation of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes. Significant changes to these estimates may result in an increase or decrease to the Company’s tax provision in a subsequent period.

 

In addition, the calculation of tax liabilities involves significant judgment in estimating the impact of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken with respect to the application of complex tax laws. Resolution of these uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with management’s expectations could materially affect the Company’s financial condition or its future operating results.

 

Accounting Standards Updates: Accounting standards updates effective after December 31, 2012, are not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following analysis of the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of Matson, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto.

 

2012 vs. 2011

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenue

 

$

1,560.0

 

$

1,462.6

 

6.7

%

Operating costs and expenses

 

(1,463.3

)

(1,384.0

)

5.7

%

Operating income

 

96.7

 

78.6

 

23.0

%

Interest expense

 

(11.7

)

(7.7

)

51.9

%

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

85.0

 

70.9

 

19.9

%

Income tax expense

 

33.0

 

25.1

 

31.5

%

Income from continuing operations

 

52.0

 

45.8

 

13.5

%

Loss from discontinued operations (net of income taxes)

 

(6.1

)

(11.6

)

 

 

Net income

 

$

45.9

 

$

34.2

 

34.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

1.09

 

$

0.82

 

32.9

%

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

1.08

 

$

0.81

 

33.3

%

 

Consolidated Operating Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased $97.4 million, or 6.7 percent, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011.  This increase was principally due to $113.6 million in higher revenue for ocean transportation, partially offset by $16.2 million in lower revenue from logistics.  The reasons for the operating revenue changes are described below, by business segment, in the Analysis of Operating Revenue and Income by Segment.

 

Operating Costs and Expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased $79.3 million, or 5.7 percent, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011.  The increase was due to a $90.7 million increase in costs for the ocean transportation segment, which is inclusive of $8.6 million in Separation costs, offset by a reduction of cost in logistics of $11.4 million.  The reasons for the operating expense changes are described below, by business segment, in the Analysis of Operating Revenue and Income by Segment.

 

Income Tax Expense during the year ended December 31, 2012 was 38.8 percent of income from continuing operations before income tax as compared to 35.4 percent in 2011 and increased by $7.9 million compared with the year ended December 31, 2011 due principally to certain non-recurring and non-deductible Separation related transaction costs and the re-measurement of uncertain tax positions in 2012 as required as part of the Separation tax accounting treatment.

 

24



Table of Contents

 

The fourth quarter 2012 tax rate was less than the tax rates for each of the preceding quarters in 2012 for the following two reasons.  First, the Company recorded a tax provision benefit in the fourth quarter 2012 for re-valuation of deferred state tax liabilities caused by a reduction in the Company’s California income apportionment factors under the state’s single-sales factor apportionment requirement, which became mandatory as a result of new legislation in the fourth quarter 2012.  Second, the Company recorded a tax provision benefit in the fourth quarter 2012 for a reduction of certain unrecognized tax benefit reserves caused by lapses in the statute of limitations for certain periods and jurisdictions in the fourth quarter 2012.

 

Loss from Discontinued Operations during the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased $5.5 million.  Due to the Separation on June 29, 2012, Matson has restated the operations for the six and twelve months ended June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, from A&B as discontinued operations.  The loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, decreased primarily due to the reduction in losses related to the shutdown of CLX2 offset by the increase in net loss recorded by A&B and the recognition of additional tax expense related to the Separation.  The change from net income to a net loss for A&B was due to an increase in consolidated operating costs and expenses, impairments of properties and a real estate joint venture recognized in the second quarter of 2012, and other expenses, which more than offset increases in A&B’s consolidated operating revenue and a decrease in taxes.

 

2011 vs. 2010

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

2011

 

2010

 

Change

 

Operating revenue

 

$

1,462.6

 

$

1,370.6

 

6.7

%

Operating costs and expenses

 

(1,384.0

)

(1,245.2

)

11.1

%

Operating income

 

78.6

 

125.4

 

(37.3

)%

Interest expense

 

(7.7

)

(8.2

)

(6.1

)%

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

70.9

 

117.2

 

(39.5

)%

Income tax expense

 

25.1

 

46.7

 

(46.3

)%

Income from continuing operations

 

45.8

 

70.5

 

(35.0

)%

(Loss) income from discontinued operations (net of income taxes)

 

(11.6

)

21.6

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

34.2

 

$

92.1

 

(62.9

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

0.82

 

$

2.23

 

(63.2

)%

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

0.81

 

$

2.22

 

(63.5

)%

 

Consolidated Operating Revenue for 2011 increased 6.7 percent, or $92.0 million, to $1,462.6 million. This increase was due to $61.2 million in higher ocean transportation revenue and $30.8 million in greater revenue from Logistics.  The reasons for the operating revenue changes are described below, by business segment, in the Analysis of Operating Revenue and Income by Segment.

 

Operating Costs and Expenses for 2011 increased by 11.1 percent, or $138.8 million, to $1,384.0 million. Ocean transportation costs increased $105.8 million and logistics costs increased by $33.0 million.  The reasons for the operating expense changes are described below, by business segment, in the Analysis of Operating Revenue and Income by Segment.

 

Income Taxes were lower in 2011 compared with 2010 on an absolute basis due principally to lower income. The effective tax rate in 2011 was 35.4 percent which was a decrease from 39.8 percent in 2010, due principally to deductible expenses in both periods that had a greater impact on the 2011 effective rate because of the lower income relative to 2010.

 

Discontinued Operations were lower in 2011 compared with 2010 due to the loss associated with the shutdown of CLX2.  The loss related to CLX2 was partially offset by the change from a net loss to net income by A&B, which was reclassified to discontinued operations as a result of the Separation.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

ANALYSIS OF OPERATING REVENUE AND INCOME BY SEGMENT

 

Additional detailed information related to the operations and financial performance of the Company’s Reportable Segments is included in Part II Item 6 and Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The following information should be read in relation to the information contained in those sections.

 

Ocean Transportation; 2012 compared with 2011

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

(dollars in millions)

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

Revenue

 

$

1,189.8

 

$

1,076.2

 

10.6

%

Operating income(1)

 

$

96.6

 

$

73.7

 

31.1

%

Operating income margin

 

8.1

%

6.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Volume (Units)(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hawaii containers

 

137,200

 

140,000

 

(2.0

)%

Hawaii automobiles

 

78,800

 

81,000

 

(2.7

)%

China containers

 

60,000

 

59,000

 

1.7

%

Guam containers

 

25,500

 

15,200

 

67.8

%

 


(1) The Company incurred additional costs related to the shutdown of CLX2 that did not meet the criteria to be classified as discontinued operations of approximately $0.5 million and $7.1 million and therefore reduced operating income for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

(2) Approximate container volumes included for the period are based on the voyage departure date, but revenue and operating income are adjusted to reflect the percentage of revenue and operating income earned during the reporting period for voyages that straddle the beginning or end of each reporting period.

 

Ocean transportation revenue increased $113.6 million, or 10.6 percent, in the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with the year ended December 31, 2011.  The increase was due principally to significantly higher volume in the Guam trade that resulted from the exit of a major competitor in that trade in late 2011, an increase in China freight rates and increased fuel surcharges resulting from higher fuel prices, partially offset by reduced volumes in the Hawaii trade.

 

Container and automobile volume decreased in the Hawaii trade in the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with the year ended December 31, 2011: Hawaii container volume decreased 2.0 percent due to market weakness, competitive pressures, and a modest market contraction resulting from direct foreign sourcing of cargo; Hawaii automobile volume decreased 2.7 percent due primarily to the timing of automobile rental fleet replacement. Container volume in the China and Guam trades increased during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011: China container volume increased 1.7 percent due to increased demand and a shift in direct foreign sourcing of cargo destined to Hawaii; Guam volume was substantially higher, increasing 67.8 percent in the year due to gains related to the departure of a major competitor from the trade in mid-November 2011.

 

Ocean transportation operating income increased $22.9 million, or 31.1 percent, in the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in operating income was principally due to higher volume in the Guam trade and increased freight rates and volume in the China trade, partially offset by decreased volume in Hawaii, increased costs related to vessel and barge dry-docking and higher outside transportation costs. The Company also incurred higher terminal handling costs due primarily to increased wharfage and container handling rates, higher general and administrative expenses, including Separation costs, and higher vessel expenses.

 

The Company’s SSAT joint venture contributed $3.2 million to operating income during the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with $8.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. The decline was primarily due to the loss of volume from several major customers.

 

26



Table of Contents

 

Ocean Transportation; 2011 compared with 2010

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

(dollars in millions)

 

2011

 

2010

 

Change

 

Revenue

 

$

1,076.2

 

$

1,015.0

 

6.0

%

Operating income(1)

 

$

73.7

 

$

118.3

 

(37.7

)%

Operating income margin

 

6.8

%

11.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Volume (Units)(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hawaii containers

 

140,000

 

136,700

 

2.4

%

Hawaii automobiles

 

81,000

 

81,800

 

(1.0

)%

China containers

 

59,000

 

60,000

 

(1.7

)%

Guam containers

 

15,200

 

15,200

 

 

 


(1) The Company incurred additional costs related to the shutdown of CLX2 that did not meet the criteria to be classified as discontinued operations of approximately $7.1 million and therefore reduced operating income for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

(2) Approximate container volumes included for the period are based on the voyage departure date, but revenue and operating income are adjusted to reflect the percentage of revenue and operating income earned during the reporting period for voyages that straddle the beginning or end of each reporting period.

 

Ocean Transportation revenue increased $61.2 million, or 6.0 percent, in 2011 compared to 2010. This increase was principally due to higher fuel surcharges due to increased fuel prices, as well as net volume growth principally in Hawaii. These increases were partially offset by lower yields and cargo mix primarily in the China trade.

 

Total Hawaii container volume increased 2.4 percent in 2011 compared with 2010, due to a new connecting carrier agreement with a large international carrier that commenced at the end of 2010 and other customer gains, partially offset by one less week in 2011 compared to 2010. Matson’s Hawaii automobile volume for 2011 was 1.0 percent lower than 2010, due principally to the timing of automobile rental fleet replacement activity. China container volume decreased 1.7 percent in 2011, compared with 2010, principally due to increased competition from excess capacity in the trade. Guam container volumes were flat as weaker market conditions were offset by fourth quarter gains related to the departure of a competitor from the trade in mid-November 2011.

 

Operating income (which includes $7.1 million of CLX2 shutdown expenses) decreased $44.6 million, or 37.7 percent, in 2011 compared to 2010. The decrease in operating income was principally due to lower yields and cargo mix primarily related to the China trade. Additionally, terminal handling costs increased primarily due to higher rates, and outside transportation costs increased due to higher volume. Operations overhead costs increased due to additional equipment repositioning costs and higher vessel operating expenses due to the increased contractual labor costs and generally higher costs, partially offset by lower equipment lease expenses. The lower yields and increases in costs were partially offset by higher overall cargo volume.

 

The Company’s SSAT joint venture contributed $8.6 million to operating income during the year ended December 31, 2011 compared with $12.8 million reported for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decline is primarily due to the loss of volume.

 

27



Table of Contents

 

Logistics; 2012 compared with 2011

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

(dollars in millions)

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

Intermodal revenue

 

$

229.1

 

$

234.5

 

(2.3

)%

Highway revenue

 

141.1

 

151.9

 

(7.1

)%

Total Revenue

 

$

370.2

 

$

386.4

 

(4.2

)%

Operating income

 

$

0.1

 

$

4.9

 

(98.0

)%

Operating income margin

 

0.0

%

1.3

%

 

 

 

Logistics revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012, decreased $16.2 million, or 4.2 percent, compared with the year ended December 31, 2011.  This decrease was primarily due to lower international intermodal and highway volumes. Intermodal volume declined primarily due to the shutdown of CLX2 and the loss of a major ocean carrier customer, partially offset by an increase in domestic volumes. Highway volume decreased due to the loss of certain full truckload customers.

 

Logistics operating income for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased $4.8 million compared with the year ended December 31, 2011.  The reduction in operating income was due to the impairment charge of an intangible asset and restructuring of a lease at its Northern California warehousing operation totaling $3.9 million and lower volume in international intermodal and highway, partially offset by lower general and administrative expenses.

 

Logistics; 2011 compared with 2010

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

(dollars in millions)

 

2011

 

2010

 

Change

 

Intermodal revenue

 

$

234.5

 

$

204.1

 

14.9

%

Highway revenue

 

151.9

 

151.5

 

0.3

%

Total Revenue

 

$

386.4

 

$

355.6

 

8.7

%

Operating income

 

$

4.9

 

$

7.1

 

(31.0

)%

Operating income margin

 

1.3

%

2.0

%

 

 

 

Logistics revenue increased $30.8 million, or 8.7 percent, in 2011 compared with 2010. This increase was principally due to higher Intermodal volume which increased 6.6 percent, driven primarily by increased inland activity to support Ocean Transportation’s China business.

 

Logistics operating income decreased $2.2 million, or 31.0 percent, in 2011 compared with 2010. Operating income decreased despite the increased Intermodal volume cited above, due primarily to lower warehousing results, but was also due to a large military contract move that occurred in the first quarter of 2010.

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

Overview: Additional sources of liquidity for the Company, consisting of cash and cash equivalents, and receivables totaled $194.6 million at December 31, 2012, an increase of $17.1 million from December 31, 2011. The increase was due primarily to a $10.1 million increase in cash and cash equivalents and an increase in accounts receivable of $7.0 million.

 

Cash Flows:  Cash flows provided by operating activities continue to be the Company’s most significant source of liquidity. Net cash flows provided by operating activities from continuing operations totaled $94.0 million for 2012, $104.1 million for 2011, and $160.4 million for 2010. The decrease in 2012 over 2011 was due principally to decreases in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, as well as higher cash outflows related to the dry-dockings of vessels during the year, which were partially offset by the increase in other liabilities.  The decrease in 2011 over 2010 was due principally to lower Matson earnings and higher cash outflows related to the dry-dockings of vessels during the year, which was partially offset by the reduction in accounts payable.

 

28



Table of Contents

 

Net cash flows used in investing activities were $6.3 million for 2012, $4.6 million for 2011, and $28.1 million for 2010.  The increase in cash flows used in investing activities was due principally to the reduction in contribution from the Former Parent Company, partially offset by the reduction of capital expenditures.  Contribution from the Former Parent Company of $25.0 million, $40.3 million and $43.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 respectively, represent dividends paid by the Former Parent Company to its shareholders prior to the Separation offset by distributions to the Former Parent Company for the issuance of capital stock and stock based compensation, which are reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements due to Matson being the successor company of the Former Parent Company for accounting purposes.  Capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2012 totaled $38.1 million compared with $47.2 million and $71.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The 2012 expenditures included $37.0 million for the purchase of ocean transportation-related assets and $1.1 million related to the purchase of logistics-related assets. Capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2011, totaled $47.2 million and included $44.2 million for the purchase of ocean transportation-related assets and $3.0 million related to the purchase of logistics-related assets.  Capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2010, totaled $71.2 million and included $69.4 million for the purchase of ocean transportation-related assets and $1.8 million related to the purchase of logistics-related assets.

 

Net cash flows used in financing activities for 2012 totaled $74.5 million, compared with $70.2 million and $119.0 million used in 2011 and 2010, respectively. Cash flows used in financing activities were higher in 2012, primarily due to the contribution of $155.7 million to A&B upon Separation.  The contribution was partially offset by borrowings of $197.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, which were primarily used to fund the contribution to A&B.  Also there was a reduction in the payment of dividends to the Company’s shareholders of $39.5 million, of which $26.7 million was paid to the Former Parent Company’s shareholders in the first and second quarter, which have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements due to Matson being the successor company of the Former Parent Company for accounting purposes.  In conjunction with the Separation, the Company has lowered its quarterly dividend, resulting in lower cash payouts during 2012 as compared to 2011 and 2010.  Also during 2012, the Company saw increased stock option exercises due to the stock price trading at a higher price than the previous two years.

 

Other Sources of Liquidity:  The Company entered into a new $375.0 million, five-year unsecured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks during the second quarter of 2012 in order to provide additional sources of liquidity for working capital requirements or investment opportunities on a short-term as well as longer-term basis.  As of December 31, 2012, the used portion of the Company’s revolving credit facility was $30.8 million, of which $24.0 million was from cash borrowings and $6.8 million was from letters of credit.

 

During the second quarter of 2012, Matson executed new unsecured, fixed rate, amortizing long-term debt of $170.0 million which was funded in three tranches, $77.5 million at an interest rate of 3.66% maturing in 2023, $55.0 million at an interest rate of 4.16% maturing in 2027, and $37.5 million at an interest rate of 4.31% maturing in 2032.  The overall weighted average coupon of the three tranches of debt is 3.97% and the overall weighted average duration of the three tranches of debt is 9.3 years.  The cash received from the issuance of three tranches of debt was partially utilized for the contribution of cash from Matson to A&B.  Additionally, the Company negotiated the release of the MV Manulani as security for existing long-term debt of $56.0 million as part of the Company’s debt restructuring completed during the second quarter of 2012 to facilitate the Separation.  This obligation was also moved from MatNav to Matson.  Following the above mentioned debt financing transactions, all of Matson’s outstanding debt was unsecured, however it is guaranteed by Matson’s significant subsidiaries, except for $72.6 million, as of December 31, 2012, of secured MatNav debt.

 

Total debt was $319.1 million as of December 31, 2012, compared with $197.5 million at the end of 2011.

 

29



Table of Contents

 

Principal negative covenants as defined in Matson’s five-year revolving credit facility (“Credit Agreement”) and long term fixed rate debt include, but are not limited to:

 

a)                                                  The ratio of debt to consolidated EBITDA cannot exceed 3.25 to 1.00 for each fiscal four quarter period;

 

b)                                                  the ratio of consolidated EBITDA to interest expense as of the end of any fiscal four quarter period cannot be less than 3.50 to 1.00; and

 

c)                                                   The principal amount of priority debt at any time cannot exceed 20% of consolidated tangible assets; and the principal amount of priority debt that is not Title XI priority debt at any time cannot exceed 10% of consolidated tangible assets.  Priority debt, as further defined in the Credit Agreement, is all debt secured by a lien on the Company’s assets or subsidiary debt.

 

The Company was in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2012, with a debt to consolidated EBITDA ratio of 1.79, consolidated EBITDA to interest expense ratio of 15.25, and priority debt to consolidated tangible assets ratio of 6.3%.

 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS, COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractual Obligations:    At December 31, 2012, the Company had the following estimated contractual obligations (in millions):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment due by period

 

 

 

 

 

Contractual Obligations

 

 

 

2013

 

2014-2015

 

2016-2017

 

Thereafter

 

Total

 

Long-term debt obligations (including current portion)

 

(a)

 

$

16.4

 

$

50.9

 

$

48.7

 

$

203.1

 

$

319.1

 

Estimated interest on debt

 

(b)

 

13.6

 

25.1

 

20.9

 

43.9

 

103.5

 

Purchase obligations

 

(c)

 

17.7

 

 

 

 

17.7

 

Post-retirement obligations

 

(d)

 

2.2

 

4.7

 

4.9

 

13.0

 

24.8

 

Non-qualified benefit obligations

 

(e)

 

0.8

 

3.9

 

1.0

 

1.6

 

7.3

 

Operating lease obligations

 

(f)

 

18.3

 

29.5

 

15.5

 

5.3

 

68.6

 

Total

 

 

 

$

69.0

 

$

114.1

 

$

91.0

 

$

266.9

 

$

541.0

 

 


(a)                     Long-term debt obligations (including current portion) include principal repayments of short-term and long-term debt for the respective period(s) described (see Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for principal repayments for each of the next five years). Short-term debt includes amounts borrowed under revolving credit facilities and have been reflected as payments due in 2013.

 

(b)                     Estimated cash paid for interest on debt is determined based on (1) the stated interest rate for fixed debt and (2) the rate in effect on December 31, 2012 for variable rate debt. Because the Company’s variable rate date may be rolled over, actual interest may be greater or less than the amounts indicated.

 

(c)                      Purchase obligations include only non-cancellable contractual obligations for the purchases of goods and services. Arrangements are considered purchase obligations if a contract specifies all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased, a pricing structure and approximate timing of the transaction. Any amounts reflected on the consolidated balance sheet as accounts payable and accrued liabilities are excluded from the table above.

 

(d)                     Post-retirement obligations include expected payments to medical service providers in connection with providing benefits to the Company’s employees and retirees. The $13.0 million noted in the column labeled “Thereafter” comprises estimated benefit payments for 2018 through 2022. Post-retirement obligations are described further in Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The obligation for pensions reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet is excluded from the table above because the Company is unable to reliably estimate the timing and amount of contributions.

 

30



Table of Contents

 

(e)                      Non-qualified benefit obligations include estimated payments to executives and directors under the Company’s four non-qualified plans. The $1.6 million noted in the column labeled “Thereafter” comprises estimated benefit payments for 2018 through 2022. Additional information about the Company’s non-qualified plans is included in Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(f)                       Operating lease obligations include principally land, office and terminal facilities, containers and equipment under non-cancelable, long-term lease arrangements that do not transfer the rights and risks of ownership to the Company. These amounts are further described in Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

The Company has not provided a detailed estimate of the timing and amount of payments related to uncertain tax position liabilities due to the uncertainty of when the related tax settlements are due. At December 31, 2012, the Company’s uncertain tax position liabilities totaled approximately $7.0 million.

 

Other Commitments and Contingencies:  A description of other commitments, contingencies, and off-balance sheet arrangements, is described in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of Item 8 in this Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference.

 

BUSINESS OUTLOOK

 

The Business Outlook provides the Company’s views on current conditions and trends in the various markets it serves, recent Company performance and its near-term prospects. The following information updates the Company’s quarterly filings made by the Former Parent Company and the Company throughout 2012. All forward-looking statements made herein are qualified by the inherent risks of the Company’s operations and the markets it serves, as more fully described in Item 1.A of this filing.

 

The Company serves multiple domestic and international transportation markets and its operations are therefore impacted by regional, national and international economic conditions. Given its large operational presence in Hawaii, the Company’s volumes in the Hawaii trade are highly dependent on the future results of the overall Hawaii economy, competitive activity related to capacity and pricing, and to specific economic sub-categories including construction.

 

In the China trade, volume is driven primarily by U.S. consumer demand for manufactured goods around key retail selling seasons while freight rates are impacted mainly by macro supply-demand balances. As a result, this trade has historically experienced significant volatility and seasonality in freight rates. Currently, there is a global surplus of container vessel capacity and a recent market survey conducted by Alphaliner estimates that a record 1.75 million TEUs of new vessel capacity will be delivered in 2013.  While excess vessel capacity has recently been mitigated through vessel lay-ups and slow steaming, resulting in higher than expected freight rates, sustaining current Transpacific rates depends primarily upon rational carrier management of industry capacity.

 

In the Guam trade, the competitive environment has historically impacted financial results, and to a lesser degree, overall market volume. Currently, the Company is the sole carrier of containerized freight from the West Coast of the U.S. to Guam following the departure of its major competitor from the trade lane in mid-November of 2011.

 

All trade lanes typically experience seasonality in volume and generally follow a pattern of increasing volumes starting in the second quarter of each year culminating in a peak season throughout the third quarter, with subsequent weakening of demand thereafter in the fourth and first quarters. As a result, earnings tend to follow a similar pattern, offset by periodic vessel dry-docking and other episodic cost factors, which can lead to earnings variability.

 

Ocean Transportation: Ocean Transportation’s performance is significantly influenced by freight volumes, freight rates, operating costs, and other factors, which continue to be highly dependent on general economic conditions, the future results of the overall Hawaii economy, and also specific economic sub-categories such as construction activity in Hawaii, fuel prices, Transpacific freight rates, the competitive environments in Hawaii, Guam and China, and other factors that cannot be predicted with certainty.

 

31



Table of Contents

 

Ocean Transportation: In the fourth quarter and throughout 2012, Hawaii container and auto volume was adversely impacted by subdued construction activity, competitive rate pressures, a modest market contraction resulting from direct foreign sourcing of cargo and the timing of automobile rental fleet replacements. However, there have been encouraging indications that the Hawaii economy is reviving, evidenced by strong fourth quarter 2012 consumer spending and a marginal uptick in construction activity late in the year. Therefore, modest volume gains are expected in the Hawaii trade in 2013.

 

Further, and as noted above, Hawaii volume can be significantly impacted by competitive activity related to pricing and capacity. Pasha Hawaii Transport, currently operating a single ro-ro vessel in the Hawaii trade lane, has announced that it intends to complete the construction of a second ship (a combination roll-on/roll-off container ship, “ro-con”) for its Hawaii service as early as 2014. The extent of this market entry, in terms of sailing frequency, service reliability, slot availability, cargo configuration and service differentiation, is unknown. However, there may be a period of competitive disruption following this market entry that could potentially negatively impact the volume for all carriers in the Hawaii trade, including Matson. Any adverse impact may be offset, to some degree, by general market growth in 2013 and beyond.

 

In the China trade, freight rates in the fourth quarter of 2012 continued to be higher than year earlier periods, reflecting an improved general rate environment. However, additional capacity is expected to enter this market in 2013 that will outstrip demand. While continued carrier restraint is expected to some degree, average annual freight rates are expected to erode modestly for Matson. Further, the Company expects to run its ships at less than full capacity during the traditional slack season but return to historical high utilization levels for the balance of 2013.

 

During the fourth quarter and throughout 2012, the Company benefitted significantly from strong volume in its Guam trade, which resulted from the departure of a major competitor the prior year. The timing and probability of a new competitor entering this market is unknown; however, overall market volume growth and economic growth in Guam during 2012 was muted.   Slow, if any, overall growth in Guam is expected to continue in 2013; and therefore, Matson’s volumes in 2013 are expected to be relatively flat compared to 2012 levels.

 

Results for SSAT, the Company’s terminal operations joint venture, were negatively affected throughout 2012 by significantly reduced lift volume due to customer losses. This customer attrition is expected to negatively impact results throughout 2013 and it is therefore expected that SSAT will operate at a breakeven level.

 

In addition to the trade lane outlook, the Company expects to benefit from operating a nine-ship fleet for most of 2013 and lower outside transportation costs, both of which result from a lighter drydock schedule. Overall, operating income in the Ocean Transportation segment is therefore expected to improve modestly from 2012 levels.

 

Logistics: In the fourth quarter and throughout 2012, volume and pricing in Logistics’ intermodal and highway businesses were mixed. In the fourth quarter, the segment incurred significant one-time, non-cash losses associated with its Northern California warehousing operation, which resulted from consolidating warehouse space and recognizing the impairment of an intangible asset. As a result, Logistics performance was below long-term expectations. In response, the Company has taken cost-cutting measures to lower Logistics’ general and corporate overhead and initiated the roll-out of a domestic 53-foot container pilot program to improve profitability. Warehouse operations are expected to improve as a result of the consolidation. Therefore, Logistics is expected to improve its operating income margins to 1-2 percent of revenues in 2013 and overall operating income is expected to return to a level similar to 2011.

 

This performance will be dependent upon continuing improvement at Logistics’ Northern California warehouse operations, continued oversight of expenses, improvement in the U.S. Mainland economy, as well as competitive dynamics, cargo mix, available capacity in the market, reliability of the underlying carriers and other factors that cannot be predicted with certainty.

 

32



Table of Contents

 

The Company’s overall outlook assumes modest growth for the U.S. and Hawaii economies.  There are two primary sources of periodic economic forecasts and data for the State of Hawaii: The University of Hawaii Economic Research Organization (UHERO) and the State’s Department of Business, Economic Development and Tourism (DBEDT). Economic information included herein has been derived from economic reports available on UHERO’s and DBEDT’s websites that provide more complete information about the status of and forecast for the Hawaii economy.

 

Other:  The Company expects capital expenditures for the first quarter of 2013 to be approximately $10-15 million and capital expenditures for the year to be $40-$50 million, excluding vessel replacement expenditures.

 

The Company may elect to make deposits to the Capital Construction Fund in 2013 if it is able to finalize the next phase of its vessel replacement plan that calls for two new vessels in the next three to five years. These deposits could be significant, and the amounts deposited will be determined based on a number of factors, including Company cash requirements. Any deposits made in 2013 will have the effect of reducing the Company’s current cash tax liabilities.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Matson is exposed to changes in interest rates, primarily as a result of its borrowing and investing activities used to maintain liquidity and to fund business operations. In order to manage its exposure to changes in interest rates, Matson utilizes a balanced mix of both fixed-rate and variable-rate debt. The nature and amount of Matson’s long-term and short-term debt can be expected to fluctuate as a result of future business requirements, market conditions and other factors.

 

The Company’s fixed rate debt consists of $295.1 million in principal term notes. The Company’s variable rate debt consists of $24.0 million under its revolving credit facilities. Other than in default, the Company does not have an obligation to prepay its fixed-rate debt prior to maturity and, as a result, interest rate fluctuations and the resulting changes in fair value would not have an impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations unless the Company was required to refinance such debt. For the Company’s variable rate debt, a one percent increase in interest rates would not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations.

 

The following table summarizes Matson’s debt obligations at December 31, 2012, presenting principal cash flows and related interest rates by the expected fiscal year of repayment.

 

 

 

Expected Fiscal Year of Repayment as of December 31, 2012 (dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value at

 

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

2015

 

2016

 

2017

 

Thereafter

 

Total

 

December 31, 2012

 

Fixed rate

 

$

11.4

 

$

11.4

 

$

20.5

 

$

20.5

 

$

28.2

 

$

203.1

 

$

295.1

 

$

316.8

 

Average interest rate

 

4.6

%

4.5

%

4.5

%

4.5

%

4.5

%

4.5

%

4.6

%

 

 

Variable rate

 

$

5.0

 

$

19.0

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

24.0

 

$

24.0

 

Average interest rate*

 

1.7

%

1.7

%

 

 

 

 

1.7

%

 

 

 


* Estimated interest rates on variable debt are determined based on the rate in effect on December 31, 2012. Actual interest rates may be greater or less than the amounts indicated when variable rate debt is rolled over.

 

From time to time, the Company may invest its excess cash in short-term money market funds that purchase government securities or corporate debt securities. At December 31, 2012, the Company did not have any investments in money market funds. These money market funds maintain a weighted average maturity of less than 90 days, and accordingly, a one percent change in interest rates is not expected to have a material impact on the fair value of these investments or on interest income. Through its Capital Construction Fund, the Company may, from time to time, invest in mortgage-backed securities. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, these investments were not material.

 

Matson has no material exposure to foreign currency risks, although it is indirectly affected by changes in currency rates to the extent that changes in rates affect tourism in Hawaii. Transactions related to its China Service are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore, a one percent change in the renminbi exchange rate would not have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations.  In 2013, transactions related to its new South Pacific Service are expected to be primarily denominated in New Zealand dollars, however a one percent change in the New Zealand dollar exchange is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations.

 

33



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

35

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

36

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income

37

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

38

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

39

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

40

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

41

 

 

 

1.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

41

 

 

 

 

 

2.

Discontinued Operations

49

 

 

 

 

 

3.

Investment in Terminal Joint Venture

50

 

 

 

 

 

4.

Property

51

 

 

 

 

 

5.

Capital Construction Fund

52

 

 

 

 

 

6.

Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt

52

 

 

 

 

 

7.

Leases

54

 

 

 

 

 

8.

Employee Benefit Plans

54

 

 

 

 

 

9.

Income Taxes

62

 

 

 

 

 

10.

Share-Based Awards

64

 

 

 

 

 

11.

Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

67

 

 

 

 

 

12.

Related Party

68

 

 

 

 

 

13.

Reportable Segments

69

 

 

 

 

 

14.

Quarterly Information (Unaudited)

71

 

 

 

 

 

15.

Subsequent Events

72

 

34



Table of Contents

 

MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

The management of Matson, Inc. has the responsibility for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the company’s board of directors, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

·                  Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets of the company;

·                  Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and

·                  Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting only provides reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement presentation and preparation. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on its assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2012, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, has issued an audit report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ Matthew J. Cox

 

/s/ Joel M. Wine

Matthew J. Cox

 

Joel M. Wine

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

February 28, 2013

 

February 28, 2013

 

35



Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Matson, Inc.

Honolulu, Hawaii

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Matson, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012.  We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

As disclosed in Notes 1 and 2 to the consolidated financial statements, Alexander & Baldwin Inc., separated from the Company during the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Matson, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

Honolulu, Hawaii

February 28, 2013

 

36



Table of Contents

 

MATSON, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In millions, except per-share amounts)

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

Operating Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ocean transportation

 

$

1,189.8

 

$

1,076.2

 

$

1,015.0

 

Logistics

 

370.2

 

386.4

 

355.6

 

Total operating revenue

 

1,560.0

 

1,462.6

 

1,370.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs and Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating costs

 

1,338.1

 

1,280.1

 

1,144.7

 

Equity in income of terminal joint venture

 

(3.2

)

(8.6

)

(12.8

)

Selling, general and administrative

 

119.8

 

112.5

 

113.3

 

Separation costs

 

8.6

 

 

 

Operating costs and expenses

 

1,463.3

 

1,384.0

 

1,245.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Income

 

96.7

 

78.6

 

125.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

(11.7

)

(7.7

)

(8.2

)

Income from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes

 

85.0

 

70.9

 

117.2

 

Income tax expense

 

33.0

 

25.1

 

46.7

 

Income From Continuing Operations

 

52.0

 

45.8

 

70.5

 

Income (Loss) From Discontinued Operations (net of income taxes)

 

(6.1

)

(11.6

)

21.6

 

Net Income

 

$

45.9

 

$

34.2

 

$

92.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive Income, Net of Tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

$

45.9

 

$

34.2

 

$

92.1

 

Defined benefit pension plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss and prior service cost

 

(4.6

)

(5.7

)

(7.0

)

Amortization of prior service cost included in net periodic pension cost

 

(1.4

)

0.3

 

0.2

 

Amortization of net loss included in net periodic pension cost

 

4.8

 

3.9

 

2.1

 

Other Comprehensive income from Discontinued Operations

 

0.7

 

(8.4

)

3.7

 

Other Comprehensive Income

 

(0.5

)

(9.9

)

(1.0

)

Comprehensive Income

 

$

45.4

 

$

24.3

 

$

91.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic Earnings (Loss) Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

1.23

 

$

1.10

 

$

1.71

 

Discontinued operations

 

(0.14

)

(0.28

)

0.52

 

Net income

 

$

1.09

 

$

0.82

 

$

2.23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

1.22

 

$

1.09

 

$

1.70

 

Discontinued operations

 

(0.14

)

(0.28

)

0.52

 

Net income

 

$

1.08

 

$

0.81

 

$

2.22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average Number of Shares Outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

42.3

 

41.6

 

41.2

 

Diluted

 

42.7

 

42.0

 

41.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Dividends Per Share

 

$

0.93

 

$

1.26

 

$

1.26

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

37



Table of Contents

 

MATSON, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In millions, except per-share amount)

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

19.9

 

$

9.8

 

Accounts and notes receivable, net

 

174.7

 

167.7

 

Inventories

 

4.3

 

4.2

 

Deferred income taxes

 

6.6

 

1.3

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

28.6

 

25.1

 

Current assets related to discontinued operations

 

 

66.9

 

Total current assets

 

234.1

 

275.0

 

Investment in terminal joint venture

 

59.6

 

56.5

 

Property, at cost

 

1,770.8

 

1,760.7

 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(1,008.3

)

(960.2

)

Property — net

 

762.5

 

800.5

 

Other Assets

 

118.1

 

95.2

 

Long term assets related to discontinued operations

 

 

1,317.1

 

Total

 

$

1,174.3

 

$

2,544.3

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt

 

$

16.4

 

$

17.5

 

Accounts payable

 

125.8

 

135.5

 

Payroll and vacation benefits

 

16.0

 

16.0

 

Uninsured claims

 

11.2

 

6.5

 

Due to affiliate

 

 

2.2

 

Accrued and other liabilities

 

24.0

 

8.8

 

Current liabilities related to discontinued operations

 

 

92.2

 

Total current liabilities

 

193.4

 

278.7

 

Long-term Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

302.7

 

180.1

 

Deferred income taxes

 

251.9

 

255.1

 

Employee benefit plans

 

108.0

 

113.0

 

Due to affiliate

 

 

0.5

 

Uninsured claims and other liabilities

 

38.4

 

24.3

 

Long-term liabilities related to discontinued operations

 

 

570.1

 

Total long-term liabilities

 

701.0

 

1,143.1

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 3)

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Capital stock — common stock without par value; authorized, 150 million shares ($0.75 stated value per share); outstanding, 42.6 million shares in 2012 and 41.7 million shares in 2011

 

31.9

 

34.0

 

Additional paid in capital

 

252.7

 

238.3

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(45.5

)

(91.9

)

Retained earnings

 

40.8

 

953.0

 

Cost of treasury stock

 

 

(10.9

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

279.9

 

1,122.5

 

Total

 

$

1,174.3

 

$

2,544.3

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

38



Table of Contents

 

MATSON, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In millions)

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

Cash Flows Provided by Operating Activities from Continuing Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income from continuing operations

 

$

52.0

 

$

45.8

 

$

70.5

 

Reconciling adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

72.5

 

71.6

 

70.8

 

Deferred income taxes

 

(8.8

)

(5.0

)

3.4

 

(Gain)/loss on disposal of property

 

(1.2

)

(0.8

)

0.3

 

Post-retirement expense

 

2.6

 

4.5

 

1.4

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

4.0

 

2.7

 

2.6

 

Equity in income of terminal joint venture

 

(3.2

)

(8.6

)

(12.8

)

Dividend from terminal joint venture

 

 

5.3

 

7.0

 

Impairment on long-lived intangible assets

 

2.1

 

 

 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

(7.0

)

(10.8

)

5.2

 

Deferred dry-docking payments

 

(44.8

)

(36.0

)

(5.9

)

Deferred dry-docking amortization

 

23.3

 

22.7

 

19.6

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

(10.4

)

(3.4

)

(1.1

)

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

(7.9

)

17.1

 

0.5

 

Other liabilities

 

20.8

 

(1.0

)

(1.1

)

Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations

 

94.0

 

104.1

 

160.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities from Continuing Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

(38.1

)

(47.2

)

(71.2

)

Proceeds from disposal of property and other assets

 

6.8

 

2.3

 

1.1

 

Deposits into Capital Construction Fund

 

(4.4

)

(4.4

)

(4.4

)

Withdrawals from Capital Construction Fund

 

4.4

 

4.4

 

4.4

 

Acquisitions and other

 

 

 

(1.0

)

Contribution from the Former Parent Company

 

25.0

 

40.3

 

43.0

 

Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations

 

(6.3

)

(4.6

)

(28.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows Used in Financing Activities from Continuing Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

 

197.0

 

109.0

 

58.0

 

Payments of long-term debt

 

(80.4

)

(69.5

)

(84.2

)

Proceeds (payments) on line-of-credit agreements, net

 

5.0

 

(6.2

)

17.8

 

Payment of financing costs

 

(1.9

)

(0.5

)

 

Contribution upon Separation to A&B

 

(155.7

)

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of capital stock

 

25.2

 

10.1

 

6.6

 

Distribution to the Former Parent Company for proceeds from issuance of capital stock

 

(21.7

)

 

 

Cash assumed by A&B upon Separation

 

(2.5

)

 

 

Payments of note to Former Parent Company

 

 

 

(20.0

)

Distribution paid to Former Parent Company

 

 

(60.0

)

(45.0

)

Dividends paid

 

(39.5

)

(53.1

)

(52.2

)

Net cash used in financing activities from continuing operations

 

(74.5

)

(70.2

)

(119.0

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows used in operating activities of discontinued operations

 

(29.9

)

(17.8

)

(10.2

)

Cash flows used in investing activities of discontinued operations

 

(18.8

)

(26.1

)

(58.8

)

Cash flows provided by financing activities of discontinued operations

 

33.9

 

21.9

 

53.7

 

Net cash flows used in discontinued operations

 

(14.8

)

(22.0

)

(15.3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

(1.6

)

7.3

 

(2.0

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year

 

21.5

 

14.2

 

16.2

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year

 

$

19.9

 

$

21.5

 

$

14.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Cash Flow Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

11.3

 

$

7.8

 

$

8.3

 

Income taxes paid

 

$

42.7

 

$

0.6

 

$

42.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Non-cash Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

$

4.2

 

$

4.2

 

$

2.1

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

39



Table of Contents

 

MATSON, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the three years ended December 31, 2012

(In millions, except per-share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stated 

 

Treasury

 

Paid In

 

Comprehensive

 

Retained

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

Value

 

Shares

 

Cost

 

Capital

 

Income

 

Earnings

 

Total

 

Balance at January 1, 2010

 

44.6

 

$

33.0

 

(3.6

)

$

(10.9

)

$

210.0

 

$

(81.0

)

$

934.0

 

$

1,085.1

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

92.1

 

92.1

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1.0

)

 

(1.0

)

Excess tax benefit and share withholding

 

 

 

 

 

(0.7

)

 

(2.0

)

(2.7

)

Shares issued

 

0.3

 

1.0

 

 

 

6.4

 

 

 

7.4

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

7.5

 

 

 

7.5

 

Dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(52.2

)

(52.2

)

Balance at December 31, 2010

 

44.9

 

34.0

 

(3.6

)

(10.9

)

223.2

 

(82.0

)

971.9

 

1,136.2

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34.2

 

34.2

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9.9

)

 

(9.9

)

Excess tax benefit and share withholding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued

 

0.4

 

 

 

 

7.6

 

 

 

7.6

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

7.5

 

 

 

7.5

 

Dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(53.1

)

(53.1

)

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

45.3

 

34.0

 

(3.6

)

(10.9

)

238.3

 

(91.9

)

953.0

 

1,122.5

 

Net Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45.9

 

45.9

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.5

)

 

(0.5

)

Excess tax benefit and share withholding

 

(0.1

)

(0.1

)

 

 

0.5

 

 

(2.4

)

(2.0

)

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

6.5

 

 

 

6.5

 

Shares issued

 

1.0

 

0.7

 

 

 

22.4

 

 

 

23.1

 

Retirement of treasury shares

 

(3.6

)

(2.7

)

3.6

 

10.9

 

(8.2

)

 

 

 

Dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39.5

)

(39.5

)

Distribution of A&B Stock

 

 

 

 

 

(6.8

)

46.9

 

(916.2

)

(876.1

)

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

42.6

 

$

31.9

 

 

$

 

$

252.7

 

$

(45.5

)

$

40.8

 

$

279.9

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

40



Table of Contents

 

MATSON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.             SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Description of the Business “Matson” or the “Company” means Matson, Inc., a holding company incorporated in January 2012 in the State of Hawaii, together with its primary operating company, Matson Navigation Company, Inc. (“MatNav”), and all of its subsidiaries.  MatNav is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Matson, Inc.

 

Founded in 1882, Matson is a leading U.S. ocean freight carrier in the Pacific. Matson provides a vital lifeline to the island economies of Hawaii, Guam and Micronesia, and operates a premium, expedited service from China to Southern California. The Company’s fleet of 17 vessels includes containerships, combination container and roll-on/roll-off ships and custom-designed barges. Matson Logistics, Inc. (“Matson Logistics” or “Logistics”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of MatNav, was established in 1987 and extends the geographic reach of Matson’s transportation network throughout the continental U.S. and China. Matson Logistics’ integrated, asset-light logistics services include rail intermodal, highway brokerage and warehousing.

 

Ocean Transportation: The ocean transportation segment of Matson’s business, which is conducted through MatNav, is an asset-based business that generates revenue primarily through the carriage of containerized freight between various U.S. Pacific Coast, Hawaii, Guam, Micronesia, China and other Pacific island ports.

 

Also, the Company has a 35 percent ownership interest in SSA Terminals, LLC (“SSAT”) through a joint venture between Matson Ventures, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of MatNav, and SSA Ventures, Inc. (“SSA”), a subsidiary of Carrix, Inc.  SSAT provides terminal and stevedoring services to various international carriers at six terminal facilities on the U.S. Pacific Coast and to MatNav at several of those facilities.  Matson records its share of income in the joint venture in operating expenses within the ocean transportation segment, due to the operations of the joint venture being an integral part of the Company’s business.

 

Logistics: The logistics segment of Matson’s business, which is conducted through Matson Logistics, is an asset-light based business that is a provider of domestic and international rail intermodal service (“Intermodal”), long-haul and regional highway brokerage, specialized hauling, flat-bed and project work, less-than-truckload services, expedited freight services, and warehousing and distribution services (collectively “Highway”).  Warehousing, packaging and distribution services are provided by Matson Logistics Warehousing, Inc. (“Matson Logistics Warehousing”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Matson Logistics.

 

Separation Transaction: On December 1, 2011, Alexander & Baldwin, Inc., the former parent company of MatNav (the “Former Parent Company”), announced that its Board of Directors unanimously approved a plan to pursue the separation (the “Separation”) of the Former Parent Company to create two independent, publicly traded companies:

 

·                  Matson, a Hawaii-based ocean transportation company serving the U.S. Pacific Coast, Hawaii, Guam, Micronesia and China, and a logistics company; and

 

·                  Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. (“A&B”), a Hawaii-based land company with interests in real estate development, commercial real estate and agriculture.

 

On February 13, 2012, the Former Parent Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger to reorganize itself by forming a holding company incorporated in Hawaii, Alexander & Baldwin Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”).  The holding company structure helped facilitate the Separation through the organization and segregation of the assets of the two businesses.  In addition, the holding company reorganization was intended to help preserve the Company’s status as a U.S. citizen under certain U.S. maritime and vessel documentation laws (popularly referred to as the Jones Act) by, amongst other things, limiting the percentage of outstanding shares of common stock in the holding company that may be owned or controlled in the aggregate by non-U.S. citizens to a maximum permitted percentage of 22%.

 

The Separation was completed on June 29, 2012.  In the Separation, the shareholders of Holdings received one share of common stock of A&B for every share of Holdings held of record as of June 18, 2012.  Immediately following the Separation, Alexander & Baldwin Holdings, Inc. changed its name to Matson, Inc.  For accounting purposes, Matson is the successor company to the Former Parent Company.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

Prior to the completion of the Separation, the Company and A&B entered into a Separation and Distribution Agreement, Tax Sharing Agreement and an Employee Matters Agreement, each dated June 8, 2012, that govern the post-Separation relationship.  In addition, the Company and A&B entered into a Transition Services Agreement, dated June 8, 2012, under which each company agreed to provide the other with various services on an interim, transitional basis, for up to 24 months.

 

Also in relation to the Separation, intercompany receivables, payables, loans and other accounts between A&B and Matson, in existence immediately prior to the Separation, were satisfied and/or settled; and intercompany agreements and all other arrangements in effect immediately prior to the distribution were terminated or canceled, subject to certain exceptions.

 

Matson incurred total cash outflows of $166.2 million in relation to the Separation.  The total cash outflows were made up of three components: capital contribution, capitalized debt financing costs and Separation related expenses referred to as Separation costs in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income.  The Separation related expenses of $8.6 million and capitalized debt financing costs of $1.9 million are reported under the cash flows provided by operating activities from continuing operations and cash flows used in financing activities from continuing operations, respectively, since these costs do not qualify as discontinued operations.

 

The breakdown of Separation cash outflows were as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

Separation Cash Outflows

 

Capital contribution to A&B

 

$

155.7

 

Separation costs

 

8.6

 

Capitalized debt financing costs

 

1.9

 

Total cash outflow related to the Separation

 

$

166.2

 

 

Principles of Consolidation:  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Matson, Inc. and all wholly-owned subsidiaries, after elimination of significant intercompany amounts. Significant investments in businesses, partnerships, and limited liability companies in which the Company does not have a controlling financial interest, but has the ability to exercise significant influence, are accounted for under the equity method. A controlling financial interest is one in which the Company has a majority voting interest or one in which the Company is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity.

 

Fiscal Year: The period end for Matson, Inc. is December 31. The period end for MatNav occurred on the last Friday in December, except for Matson Logistics Warehousing whose period closed on December 31. There were 52 weeks included in the MatNav 2012 and 2011 fiscal years and 53 weeks in 2010.

 

Risks and Uncertainties: Factors that could adversely impact the Company’s operations or financial results include, but are not limited to, the following: unfavorable economic conditions in the U.S., Guam, or Asian markets that result in a further decrease in consumer confidence or market demand for, or prices of, the Company’s services and products; increased competition; replacement of the Company’s significant operating agreements; reduction in credit availability; downgrade in the Company’s credit rating that affects its ability to secure adequate financing or increase the cost of financing; failure to comply with restrictive financial covenants in the Company’s credit facilities; insolvency of the Company’s insurance carriers; insolvency or failure of joint venture partner to perform; loss or insolvency of significant agents, customers, or vendors; unfavorable political conditions in domestic or international markets; strikes or work stoppages; increased cost of energy, commodities, or labor; noncompliance with or changes in laws and regulations relating to the Company’s business, including environmental laws or climate change legislation or regulation; unfavorable litigation or legal proceedings or government inquiries or investigations; adverse weather conditions; changes in the legal and regulatory environment; changes in accounting and taxation standards, including an increase in tax rates; an inability to achieve the Company’s overall long-term goals; an inability to protect the Company’s information systems; future impairment charges; increased pension costs; inadequate internal controls; material warranty and construction defect claims; and global or regional catastrophic events.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

Use of Estimates:  The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported. Estimates and assumptions are used for, but not limited to: (i) asset impairments, (ii) legal contingencies, (iii) allowance for doubtful accounts, (iv) self-insured liabilities, (v) goodwill and intangible assets impairment, (vi) pension and postretirement estimates, and (vii) income taxes. Future results could be materially affected if actual results differ from these estimates and assumptions.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents: Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with a original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase. The Company carries these investments at cost, which approximates fair value. Outstanding checks in excess of funds on deposit totaled $19.6 million and $10.7 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and are reflected as current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Fair Value of Financial InstrumentsThe Company values its financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy of valuation techniques described in the FASB’s accounting standard for fair value measurements.  Level 1 inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.  Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and inputs other than quoted prices observable for the asset or liability.  Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.  The Company uses Level 1 inputs for the fair values of its cash equivalents.  The Company uses Level 2 inputs for its long term debt.  These inputs include interest rates for similar financial instruments. The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, receivables and short-term borrowings approximate their carrying values due to the short-term nature of the instruments.  The fair value the Company’s debt is calculated based upon interest rates available for debt with terms and maturities similar to the Company’s existing debt arrangements.

 

 

 

Carrying Value at

 

Fair Value Measurements at

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

December 31, 2012

 

(in millions)

 

Total

 

Total

 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Cash & cash equivalents

 

$

 19.9

 

$

19.9

 

$

19.9

 

$

 

$

 

Accounts and notes receivable

 

174.7

 

174.7

 

 

174.7

 

 

Variable rate debt

 

24.0

 

24.0

 

 

24.0

 

 

Fixed rate debt

 

295.1

 

316.8

 

 

316.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying Value at

 

Fair Value Measurements a

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

December 31, 2011

 

(in millions)

 

Total

 

Total

 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Cash & cash equivalents

 

$

9.8

 

$

9.8

 

$

9.8

 

$

 

$

 

Accounts and notes receivable

 

167.7

 

167.7

 

 

167.7

 

 

Variable rate debt

 

61.0

 

61.0

 

 

61.0

 

 

Fixed rate debt

 

136.5

 

148.1

 

 

148.1

 

 

 

43



Table of Contents

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:  Allowances for doubtful accounts are established by management based on estimates of collectability. Estimates of collectability are principally based on an evaluation of the current financial condition the Company’s customers and their payment history, which are regularly monitored by the Company. The changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts, included on the consolidated balance sheets as an offset to “Accounts and notes receivable,” for the three years ended December 31, 2012 were as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

Balance at
Beginning of
year

 

Expense

 

Write-offs
and Other

 

Balance at End
of Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

$

5.3

 

$

0.7

 

$

(1.3

)

$

4.7

 

2011

 

$

6.1

 

$

 

$

(0.8

)

$

5.3

 

2010

 

$

8.1

 

$

 

$

(2.0

)

$

6.1

 

 

Dry-docking:  Under U.S. Coast Guard rules, administered through the American Bureau of Shipping’s alternative compliance program, all vessels must meet specified seaworthiness standards to remain in service. Vessels must undergo regular inspection, monitoring and maintenance, referred to as “dry-docking,” to maintain the required operating certificates. These dry-docks occur on scheduled intervals ranging from two to five years, depending on the vessel’s age. Because the dry-docks enable the vessel to continue operating in compliance with U.S. Coast Guard requirements and provide future economic benefits, the costs of these scheduled dry-docks are deferred and amortized until the next regularly scheduled dry-dock period. Routine vessel maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend asset lives are charged to expense as incurred. Deferred amounts are included on the consolidated balance sheets in non-current other assets. Amortized amounts are charged to operating expenses in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. Changes in deferred dry-docking costs are included in the consolidated statements of cash flows in cash flows from operating activities.

 

Depreciation:  Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated useful lives of property are as follows:

 

Classification

 

Range of Life (in years)

 

 

 

Vessels

 

10 to 40

Machinery and equipment

 

2 to 20

Terminal facilities

 

3 to 35

 

During the fourth quarter of 2012, Matson extended the useful life of certain of its vessels based on extensive modifications and improvements that extended the useful lives of these vessels. The increase in the useful life of the vessels resulted in a reduction in depreciation expense of $1.1 million.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Finite-Lived Intangible Assets:  Long-lived assets, including finite-lived intangible assets, are reviewed for possible impairment annually and whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. In such an evaluation, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows generated by the asset are compared with the amount recorded for the asset to determine if its carrying value is not recoverable. If this review determines that the recorded value will not be recovered, the amount recorded for the asset is reduced to estimated fair value. The Company has evaluated certain long-lived assets, including intangible assets, for impairment.  During 2012 the Company determined that it had an impairment related to intangible assets at Matson Logistics.  The Company recorded impairment expense of $2.1 million for 2012, which is included in operating expense on the Consolidated Statement of Income and Comprehensive Income.  No impairment charges were recorded in 2011 and 2010.  These asset impairment analyses are highly subjective because they require management to make assumptions and apply considerable judgments to, among others, estimates of the timing and amount of future cash flows, expected useful lives of the assets, uncertainty about future events, including changes in economic conditions, changes in operating performance, changes in the use of the assets, and ongoing cost of maintenance and improvements of the assets, and thus, the accounting estimates may change from period to period. If management uses different assumptions or if different conditions occur in future periods, the Company’s financial condition or its future operating results could be materially impacted.

 

44



Table of Contents

 

Impairment of Investment: The Company’s investments in a terminal joint venture is reviewed for impairment annually and whenever there is evidence that fair value may be below carrying cost. An investment is written down to fair value if fair value is below carrying cost and the impairment is other-than-temporary. In evaluating the fair value of an investment and whether any identified impairment is other-than-temporary, significant estimates and considerable judgments are involved.  These estimates and judgments are based, in part, on the Company’s current and future evaluation of economic conditions in general, as well as a joint venture’s current and future plans. Additionally, these impairment calculations are highly subjective because they also require management to make assumptions and apply judgments to estimates regarding the timing and amount of future cash flows, probabilities related to various cash flow scenarios, and appropriate discount rates based on the perceived risks, among others. In evaluating whether an impairment is other-than-temporary, the Company considers all available information, including the length of time and extent of the impairment, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the joint venture, the Company’s ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value, and projected industry and economic trends, among others. Changes in these and other assumptions could affect the projected operational results and fair value of the terminal joint venture, and accordingly, may require valuation adjustments to the Company’s investments that may materially impact the Company’s financial condition or its future operating results. For example, if current market conditions deteriorate significantly or a joint venture’s plans change materially, impairment charges may be required in future periods, and those charges could be material.  The Company has not recorded any impairment related to its investment in the terminal joint venture for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010.

 

Impairment of Vessels: The Company operates an integrated network of vessels, containers, and terminal equipment; therefore, in evaluating impairment, the Company groups its assets at the ocean transportation entity level, which represents the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are available. The Company’s vessels and equipment are reviewed for possible impairment annually and whenever events or circumstances, such as recurring operating losses, indicate that their carrying values may not be recoverable. In evaluating impairment, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows generated by the asset group are compared with the amount recorded for the asset group to determine if its carrying value is not recoverable. If this review determines that the recorded value will not be recovered, the amount recorded for the asset group is reduced to estimated fair value. These asset impairment loss analyses are highly subjective because they require management to make assumptions and apply considerable judgments to, among other things, estimates of the timing and amount of future cash flows, expected useful lives of the assets, uncertainty about future events, including changes in economic conditions, changes in operating performance, changes in the use of the assets, and ongoing costs of maintenance and improvements of the assets, and thus, the accounting estimates may change from period to period. If management uses different assumptions or if different conditions occur in future periods, the Company’s financial condition or its future operating results could be materially impacted. The Company has not recorded any impairment related to its vessels for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets:  Goodwill and intangibles are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as other non-current assets. Recorded goodwill is related to the acquisition of logistic service entities and related earn out obligations. Recorded intangible assets are related to Logistics entity acquisitions. The Company reviews goodwill for potential impairment on an annual basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. There were no impairments of goodwill in 2012, 2011, or 2010.

 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

 

$

27.0

 

Additions

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

 

27.0

 

Additions

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

 

$

27.0

 

 

45



Table of Contents

 

Intangible assets for the years ended December 31 included the following (in millions):

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Impairment

 

Accumulated

 

Carrying

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

Amount

 

Charges

 

Amortization

 

Amount

 

Amortization

 

Amortized intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer lists

 

$

11.8

 

$

(2.1

)

$

(6.2

)

$

11.8

 

$

(5.6

)

Other

 

3.8

 

 

(3.4

)

3.8

 

(3.3

)

Total assets

 

$

15.6

 

$

(2.1

)

$

(9.6

)

$

15.6

 

$

(8.9

)

 

Aggregate intangible asset amortization was $0.7 million, $0.9 million, and $1.3 million for 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. Estimated amortization expenses related to intangibles over the next five years are as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

Estimated
Amortization

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

$

0.7

 

2014

 

0.7

 

2015

 

0.7

 

2016

 

0.7

 

2017

 

0.7

 

Thereafter

 

0.4

 

Total

 

$

3.9

 

 

Recognition of revenues and expenses:  Voyage revenue is recognized ratably over the duration of a voyage based on the relative transit time in each reporting period.  Voyage expenses are recognized as incurred.  Hawaii, Guam, and certain Pacific island service freight rates are provided in tariffs filed with the Surface Transportation Board of the U.S. Department of Transportation; for other Pacific island services, the rates are filed with the Federal Maritime Commission.  The China service rates are predominately established by individual contracts with customers.

 

The revenue for logistics services includes the total amount billed to customers for transportation services.  The primary costs include purchased transportation services.  Revenue and the related purchased transportation costs are recognized based on relative transit time, commonly referred to as the “percentage of completion” method.  The Company reports revenue on a gross basis.  The Company serves as principal in transactions because it is responsible for the contractual relationship with the customer, has latitude in establishing prices, has discretion in supplier selection, and retains credit risk.

 

The primary sources of revenue for warehousing services are storage, handling, and value-added packaging.  For customer dedicated warehouses, storage revenue is recognized as earned over the life of the contract.  Storage revenue generated by the public warehouses is recognized in the month the service is provided according to the terms of the contract.  Handling and value-added packaging revenue and expense are recognized in proportion to the services completed.

 

Non-voyage costs:  Charter hire, terminal operating overhead, and general and administrative expenses are charged to expense as incurred.

 

Discontinued Operations: The termination of certain business lines are classified as discontinued operations if the operations and cash flows of the assets clearly can be distinguished from the remaining assets of the Company, if cash flows for the assets have been, or will be, eliminated from the ongoing operations of the Company, if the Company will not have a significant continuing involvement in the operations of the assets sold, and if the amount is considered material.  As a result the operations for the Company’s second China Long Beach Express Service (“CLX2”) and A&B have been restated to be shown as discontinued operations.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

Employee Benefit Plans:  Certain ocean transportation subsidiaries are members of the Pacific Maritime Association (“PMA”) and the Hawaii Stevedoring Industry Committee, which negotiate multiemployer pension plans covering certain shoreside bargaining unit personnel. The subsidiaries directly negotiate multiemployer pension plans covering other bargaining unit personnel. Pension costs are accrued in accordance with contribution rates established by the PMA, the parties to a plan or the trustees of a plan. Several trusteed, non-contributory, single-employer defined benefit plans and defined contribution plans cover substantially all other employees.

 

Share-Based Compensation:  The Company records compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors. The Company’s various equity plans are more fully described in Note 10.

 

Basic and Diluted Earnings per Share (“EPS”) of Common Stock: Basic earnings per share are determined by dividing net income by the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the year. The calculation of diluted earnings per share includes the dilutive effect of unexercised non-qualified stock options and non-vested stock units. The computation of weighted average dilutive shares outstanding excluded non-qualified stock options to purchase 0.5 million, 1.4 million, and 1.6 million shares of common stock for 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. These amounts were excluded because the options’ exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the Company’s common stock for the periods presented and, therefore, the effect would be anti-dilutive.

 

The denominator used to compute basic and diluted earnings per share is as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

Year Ended December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Per

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Per

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Per

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Common

 

 

 

Average

 

Common

 

 

 

Average

 

Common

 

 

 

Net

 

Common

 

Share

 

Net

 

Common

 

Share

 

Net

 

Common

 

Share

 

 

 

Income

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Income

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Income

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

52.0

 

42.3

 

$

1.23

 

$

45.8

 

41.6

 

$

1.10

 

$

70.5

 

41.2

 

$

1.71

 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations

 

(6.1

)

42.3

 

(0.14

)

(11.6

)

41.6

 

(0.28

)

21.6

 

41.2

 

0.52

 

 

 

45.9

 

 

 

$

1.09

 

34.2

 

 

 

$

0.82

 

92.1

 

 

 

$

2.23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of Dilutive Securities

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

52.0

 

42.7

 

1.22

 

45.8

 

42.0

 

1.09

 

70.5

 

41.5

 

1.70

 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations

 

(6.1

)

42.7

 

(0.14

)

(11.6

)

42.0

 

(0.28

)

21.6

 

41.5

 

0.52

 

 

 

$

45.9

 

 

 

$

1.08

 

$

34.2

 

 

 

$

0.81

 

$

92.1

 

 

 

$

2.22

 

 

Income Taxes:  Deferred income taxes are provided for the tax effect of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are adjusted to the extent necessary to reflect tax rates expected to be in effect when the temporary differences reverse.  Adjustments may be required to deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities due to changes in tax laws and audit adjustments by tax authorities.  To the extent adjustments are required in any given period, the adjustments would be included within the tax provision in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income and/or Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Prior to the Separation, the Company joined in filing consolidated federal and consolidated or combined state income tax returns with the Former Parent Company. However, the Company’s tax provision had been computed as if it had filed separate, stand-alone federal and state income tax returns.

 

In connection with the Separation, Matson incurred certain financial advisory, legal, tax and other professional fees, a portion of which is not deductible under the tax regulations. Accordingly, the Company’s income taxes for 2012, were increased by approximately $1.7 million, related to the non-deductibility of certain Separation costs.

 

Also in connection with the Separation, Matson entered into a Tax Sharing Agreement with A&B that governs the respective rights, responsibilities and obligations of the companies after the Separation with respect to tax liabilities and benefits, tax attributes, tax contests and other tax sharing regarding U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income taxes, other tax matters and related tax returns.  A&B has liability to Matson with respect to Matson’s consolidated or combined U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income tax liability for the taxes that are attributed to A&B’s businesses and relative contribution to state and other taxable income of the Matson consolidated or combined group

 

47



Table of Contents

 

relating to the taxable periods in which A&B was a part of that group.  The Tax Sharing Agreement specifies the portion, if any, of this tax liability for which Matson and A&B will bear responsibility, and Matson and A&B agreed to indemnify each other against any amounts for which they are not responsible.  Under the Tax Sharing Agreement, Matson also generally will be responsible for any taxes that arise from the failure of the Separation, together with certain related transactions, to qualify as tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes within the meaning of Sections 355 and 368 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”), as amended, to the extent such failure to qualify is attributable to actions, events or transactions relating to Matson’s stock, assets or business, or a breach of the relevant representations or covenants made by Matson in the Tax Sharing Agreement, the materials submitted to the Internal Revenue Service in connection with the ruling request relating to the Separation or the representation letter provided to counsel in connection with such counsel’s issuance of a tax opinion relating to certain aspects of the Separation.  In addition, each of Matson and A&B generally will be responsible for a portion of any taxes that arise from the failure of the Separation, together with certain related transactions, to qualify as tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes within the meaning of Sections 355 and 368 of the Code, if such failure is for any reason for which neither Matson nor A&B is responsible. The Tax Sharing Agreement also imposes restrictions on the respective abilities of Matson and A&B to engage in certain actions following the Separation.

 

Significant judgment is required in determining the Company’s tax liabilities in the multiple jurisdictions in which the Company operates and in dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations.  Significant judgment is also involved in estimating the impact of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken with respect to the application of complex tax laws.  Resolution of these uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with management’s expectations could materially affect the Company’s financial condition and/or its future operating results.

 

The Company has not recorded a valuation allowance for its deferred tax assets.  A valuation allowance would be established if, based on the weight of available evidence, management believes that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a recorded deferred tax asset would not be realized in future periods.

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss):  Comprehensive income (loss) includes all changes in Shareholders’ Equity, except those resulting from capital stock transactions. Accumulated other comprehensive loss principally includes amortization of deferred pension/postretirement costs.

 

Environmental Costs:  Environmental exposures are recorded as a liability and charged to operating expense when the environmental liability has been incurred and can be reasonably estimated. If the aggregate amount of the liability and the amount and timing of cash payments for the liability are fixed or reliably determinable, the environmental liability is discounted. An environmental liability has been incurred when both of the following conditions have been met: (i) litigation has commenced or a claim or an assessment has been asserted, or, based on available information, commencement of litigation or assertion of a claim or an assessment is probable, and (ii) based on available information, it is probable that the outcome of such litigation, claim, or assessment will be unfavorable. If a range of probable loss is determined, the Company will record the obligation at the low end of the range unless another amount in the range better reflects the expected loss.

 

Self-Insured Liabilities: The Company is self-insured for certain losses that include, but are not limited to, employee health, certain workers’ compensation, general liability, and real and personal property claims.  When feasible, the Company obtains third-party insurance coverage to limit its exposure to these claims.  When estimating its self-insured liabilities, the Company considers a number of factors, including historical claims experience, demographic factors, and valuations provided by independent third-parties.  Periodically, management reviews its assumptions and the valuations provided by independent third-parties to determine the adequacy of the Company’s self-insured liabilities.

 

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards:  In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued amended guidance that requires an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The revised standard eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of equity. The revised standard is to be applied retrospectively and is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company adopted the revised standard effective January 1, 2012. The standard changed the presentation of the Company’s financial statements but did not affect the calculation of net income, comprehensive income or earnings per share.

 

48



Table of Contents

 

In September 2011, the FASB issued amended guidance governing the testing of goodwill for impairment. The revised standard allows an entity to use a qualitative evaluation about the likelihood of goodwill impairment to determine whether it should calculate the fair value of a reporting unit. If, after considering all relevant events and circumstances, an entity determines it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying amount, then the entity is required to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test by calculating the fair value of the reporting unit and comparing the fair value with the carrying amount. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then the entity will be required to perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. The guidance also expands upon the examples of events and circumstances that an entity should consider between annual impairment tests in determining whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. The guidance is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this standard on January 1, 2012, did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operation.

 

Rounding:  Amounts in the consolidated financial statements and Notes are rounded to millions, but per-share calculations and percentages were determined based on amounts before rounding. Accordingly, a recalculation of some per-share amounts and percentages, if based on the reported data, may be slightly different.

 

2.            DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

 

As required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC Subtopic 205-20, Discontinued Operations, the termination of certain income-producing assets are classified as discontinued operations if (i) the operations and cash flows of the component have been, or will be, eliminated from the ongoing operations of the Company as a result of the disposal transaction, and (ii) the Company will not have any significant continuing involvement in the operations of the component after the disposal transaction.  Discontinued operations include the results for the business lines that were terminated through December 31, 2012.  Operating results included in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income and the segment results (Note 13) for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, have been restated to reflect the termination of segments that were classified as discontinued operations.

 

The Separation was completed on June 29, 2012.  In the Separation, the shareholders of Holdings received one share of common stock of A&B for every share of Holdings held of record as of June 18, 2012.  Immediately following the Separation, Alexander & Baldwin Holdings, Inc. changed its name to Matson, Inc.  Refer to Note 1 for further description of the Separation Transaction.

 

In the third quarter of 2011, the Company terminated its CLX2, due to the longer-term outlook for sustained high fuel prices and increasingly volatile Transpacific rates. As of the termination date, the Company had established and approved plans to (i) return to the lessors or sub-charter the five vessels used in the service (ii) off-hire or dispose of certain excess container equipment and (iii) terminate office contracts and employees. These plans were substantially completed as of September 30, 2011; however, the off-hiring of excess leased containers continued through 2012 and two of the five ships were offered for sub-charter until they were returned to the lessors in July 2012. The remaining three ships were returned to the lessors as of September 30, 2011 pursuant to the terms of the one-year charter contracts.  As of December 31, 2011, the Company had a liability of approximately $4.9 million included in current liabilities related to discontinued operations, representing the fair value of the obligations arising from exit activities associated with the termination of the service.  The liability, which was principally related to future charter lease payments, was substantially settled by July 31, 2012.  As of December 31, 2012, the Company had no future liability.  The Company does not expect to incur any additional material losses from the discontinued operations of CLX2.

 

49



Table of Contents

 

The following table provides information regarding liabilities associated with the termination of CLX2 (in millions):

 

 

 

Containers
and Charter
Liabilities

 

Other
Contractual
Liabilities

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Expenses incurred

 

11.8

 

0.7

 

12.5

 

Amounts paid

 

(7.0

)

(0.6

)

(7.6

)

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

$

 4.8

 

$

 0.1

 

$

 4.9

 

Expenses incurred

 

4.5

 

 

4.5

 

Amounts paid

 

(9.3

)

(0.1

)

(9.4

)

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

Income (losses) from discontinued operations consisted of the following (in millions):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from A&B

 

$

116.4

 

$

274.7

 

$

276.3

 

Expenses from A&B

 

(118.1

)

(243.5

)

(244.6

)

Tax (expense) benefit from A&B

 

(1.6

)

(7.2

)

2.0

 

(Loss) income from A&B

 

(3.3

)

24.0

 

33.7

 

Income from CLX2

 

 

92.7

 

28.6

 

Expenses from CLX2

 

(4.4

)

(149.4

)

(47.9

)

Tax benefit from CLX2

 

1.6

 

21.1

 

7.2

 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

$

(6.1

)

$

(11.6

)

$

21.6

 

 

3.             INVESTMENT IN TERMINAL JOINT VENTURE

 

The Company has a 35 percent ownership interest in SSA Terminals, LLC (“SSAT”) through a joint venture between Matson Ventures, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of MatNav, and SSA Ventures, Inc., a subsidiary of Carrix, Inc.  SSAT provides terminal and stevedoring services to numerous international carriers at six terminal facilities on the U.S. Pacific Coast and to MatNav at several of those facilities.  Matson accounts for its interest in SSAT under the equity method of accounting.  Matson records its share of income in the joint venture in operating expenses within the ocean transportation segment, due to operations of the joint venture being an integral part of the Company’s business.

 

No dividends and distributions from the unconsolidated joint venture were received in 2012.  Dividends from the unconsolidated terminal venture totaled $5.3 million and $7.0 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.   The cost of ocean transportation services included approximately $163.8 million, $175.2 million, and $157.3 million for 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively, paid to SSAT for terminal services.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

Operating results include the Company’s proportionate share of net income from SSAT. A summary of financial information for SSAT at December 31 is as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

$

90.8

 

$

90.0

 

Noncurrent assets

 

139.2

 

118.7

 

Total assets

 

$

230.0

 

$

208.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

$

55.9

 

$

41.3

 

Noncurrent liabilities

 

14.7

 

17.3

 

Total liabilities

 

$

70.6

 

$

58.6

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

Operating revenue

 

$

503.9

 

$

578.6

 

$

568.5

 

Operating costs and expenses

 

506.4

 

571.7

 

548.1

 

Operating (loss) income

 

$

(2.5

)

$

6.9

 

$

20.4

 

Income from continuing operations*

 

$

9.5

 

$

26.3

 

$

35.9

 

Net income

 

$

9.5

 

$

26.3

 

$

35.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company’s share of net income

 

$

3.2

 

$

8.6

 

$

12.8

 

 


* Includes earnings from equity method investments held by the investee

 

4.             PROPERTY

 

Property on the consolidated balance sheets includes the following (in millions):

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Cost

 

Accumulated
Depreciation
and
Amortization

 

Net Book
Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vessels

 

$

1,249.1

 

$

(679.4

)

$

569.7

 

Containers and equipment

 

468.5

 

(300.1

)

168.4

 

Terminal facilities and other property

 

38.5

 

(28.8

)

9.7

 

Construction in progress

 

14.7

 

 

14.7

 

Total

 

$

1,770.8

 

$

(1,008.3

)

$

762.5

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011

 

 

 

Cost

 

Accumulated
Depreciation
and
Amortization

 

Net Book
Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vessels

 

$

1,225.8

 

$

(639.3

)

$

586.5

 

Containers and equipment

 

481.3

 

(294.8

)

186.5

 

Terminal facilities and other property

 

37.9

 

(26.1

)

11.8

 

Construction in progress

 

15.7

 

 

15.7

 

Total

 

$

1,760.7

 

$

(960.2

)

$

800.5

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

Depreciation Expense

 

70.6

 

69.4

 

68.1

 

 

51



Table of Contents

 

5.                                      CAPITAL CONSTRUCTION FUND

 

Matson is party to an agreement with the United States government that established a Capital Construction Fund (“CCF”) under provisions of the Merchant Marine Act, 1936, as amended. The agreement has program objectives for the acquisition, construction, or reconstruction of vessels and for repayment of existing vessel indebtedness. Deposits to the CCF are limited by certain applicable earnings. Such deposits are tax deductions in the year made; however, they are taxable, with interest payable from the year of deposit, if withdrawn for general corporate purposes or other non-qualified purposes, or upon termination of the agreement. Qualified withdrawals for investment in vessels and certain related equipment do not give rise to a current tax liability, but reduce the depreciable bases of the vessels or other assets for income tax purposes.

 

Amounts deposited into the CCF are a preference item for calculating federal alternative minimum taxable income. Deposits not committed for qualified purposes within 25 years from the date of deposit will be treated as non-qualified withdrawals over the subsequent five years.

 

Under the terms of the CCF agreement, Matson may designate certain qualified earnings as “accrued deposits” or may designate, as obligations of the CCF, qualified withdrawals to reimburse qualified expenditures initially made with operating funds. Such accrued deposits to, and withdrawals from, the CCF are reflected on the consolidated balance sheets either as obligations of the Company’s current assets or as receivables from the CCF. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, Matson accrued a $4.4 million withdrawal from the CCF and a $4.4 million deposit to the CCF, resulting in a zero net balance in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

6.                                      NOTES PAYABLE AND LONG-TERM DEBT

 

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, notes payable and long-term debt consisted of the following (in millions):

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

5.79%, payable through 2020

 

$

52.5

 

$

59.5

 

3.66%, payable through 2023

 

77.5

 

 

4.16%, payable through 2027

 

55.0

 

 

4.31%, payable through 2032

 

37.5

 

 

Title XI Bonds:

 

 

 

 

 

5.34%, payable through 2028

 

35.2

 

37.4

 

5.27%, payable through 2029

 

37.4

 

39.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revolving Credit loans (1.69% for 2012 and 1.29% for 2011)

 

24.0

 

61.0

 

 

 

319.1

 

197.5

 

Less current portion

 

(16.4

)

(17.5

)

Total long-term debt

 

$

302.7

 

$

180.0

 

 

Long-term Debt Maturities:  At December 31, 2012, debt maturities during the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in millions):

 

2013

 

$

16.4

 

2014

 

30.4

 

2015

 

20.5

 

2016

 

20.5

 

2017

 

28.2

 

Thereafter

 

203.1

 

Total

 

$

319.1

 

 

52



Table of Contents

 

In September 2003, the Company issued $55.0 million in U.S. Government guaranteed ship finance bonds (Title XI) to partially finance the delivery of the MV Manukai.  The secured bonds have a final maturity in September 2028 with a coupon of 5.34%.  The bonds are amortized by fifty semi-annual payments of $1.1 million plus interest.  In August 2004, the Company issued $55.0 million of U.S. Government guaranteed ship finance bonds (Title XI) to partially finance the delivery of the MV Maunawili.  The secured bonds have a final maturity in July 2029, with a coupon of 5.27%.  The bonds are amortized by fifty semi-annual payments of $1.1 million plus interest.

 

In May 2005, the Company partially financed the delivery of the MV Manulani with $105.0 million of Series B Notes with a coupon of 4.79% and a 15-year term.  The Company negotiated the release of the MV Manulani as security for existing long-term debt of $56.0 million as part of the Company’s debt restructuring completed during the second quarter of 2012 to facilitate the Separation, resulting in an increase in rate to 5.79%.  This obligation was also moved from MatNav to Matson.  The notes are amortized by thirty $3.5 million semi-annual principal payments plus interest.

 

In August 2011, the Company renewed its revolving credit facility; the renewed facility had a commitment of $125.0 million for Matson with an original expiration of August 2016.  Amounts drawn under the facility accrued interest at LIBOR plus a margin based on a ratio of consolidated debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization pricing grid.  The agreement contained certain restrictive covenants, the most significant of which requires the maintenance of minimum stockholder’s equity levels and a maximum ratio of consolidated debt to earnings before interest, depreciation, amortization and taxes.  Borrowing rates ranged from 1.21% to 1.92% during 2012, 0.44% to 1.91% during 2011 and 0.49% to 1.34% during 2010.  As part of Matson’s debt restructuring completed in June 2012, as part of the Separation, the outstanding balance of $72.0 million was paid off and this facility was terminated.

 

In July 2006, the Company partially financed the delivery of the MV Maunalei by borrowing $70.0 million under a $105.0 million Senior Secured Reducing Revolving Credit Facility.  There were no borrowings from this credit facility during 2011 and 2010.  In August, 2011, in connection with the renewal of the Company’s revolving credit facility, Matson terminated the Senior Secured Reducing Revolving Credit Facility.

 

During the second quarter 2012, the Company entered into a new $375.0 million, five-year unsecured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks in order to provide additional sources of liquidity for working capital requirements or investment opportunities on a short-term as well as longer-term basis.  As of December 31, 2012, the used portion of the Company’s revolving credit facility was $30.8 million, of which $24.0 million was from cash borrowings and $6.8 million was from letters of credit.

 

During the second quarter of 2012, Matson executed new unsecured, fixed rate, amortizing long-term debt of $170.0 million which was funded in three tranches, $77.5 million at an interest rate of 3.66% maturing in 2023, $55.0 million at an interest rate of 4.16% maturing in 2027, and $37.5 million at an interest rate of 4.31% maturing in 2032.  The overall weighted average coupon of the three tranches of debt is 3.97% and the overall weighted average duration of the three tranches of debt is 9.3 years.  The cash received from the issuance of the three tranches of debt was partially utilized for the contribution of cash from Matson to A&B.  Following the above mentioned debt financing transactions, all of Matson’s outstanding debt was unsecured, except for $72.6 million as of December 31, 2012.  The debt is however guaranteed by Matson’s significant subsidiaries

 

Total debt was $319.1 million as of December 31, 2012, compared with $197.5 million at the end of 2011.

 

Principal negative covenants as defined in Matson’s five-year revolving credit facility (“Credit Agreement”) and long term fixed rate debt include, but are not limited to:

 

a)                                     The ratio of debt to consolidated EBITDA cannot exceed 3.25 to 1.00 for each fiscal four quarter period;

 

b)                                     the ratio of consolidated EBITDA to interest expense as of the end of any fiscal four quarter period cannot be less than 3.50 to 1.00; and

 

53



Table of Contents

 

c)                                      The principal amount of priority debt at any time cannot exceed 20% of consolidated tangible assets; and the principal amount of priority debt that is not Title XI priority debt at any time cannot exceed 10% of consolidated tangible assets.  Priority debt, as further defined in the Credit Agreement, is all debt secured by a lien on the Company’s assets or subsidiary debt.

 

The Company was in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2012.

 

7.                                      LEASES

 

The Company has operating leases for vessels, containers, equipment, office and warehouse space and terminal facilities for periods of 1 to 50 years, expiring between 2013 and 2036.  Rent expense under operating leases totaled $52.3 million in 2012, $49.6 million in 2011 and $39.8 million in 2010, which includes volume-based terminal rent.  Additionally, rent expense for short-term and cancelable equipment rentals was $17.8 million, $38.4 million and $28.2 million in 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.  Management expects that in the normal course of business most operating leases will be renewed or replaced by other similar leases.

 

Future minimum payments under operating leases as of December 31, 2012 were as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Operating

 

 

 

Leases

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

$

18.3

 

2014

 

16.1

 

2015

 

13.4

 

2016

 

9.5

 

2017

 

6.0

 

Thereafter

 

5.3

 

Total minimum lease payments

 

$

68.6

 

 

In addition to the future minimum lease payments above, the Company’s operating lease for terminal facilities in Honolulu includes a minimum annual commitment, which is calculated by the lessor based on capital improvements by the lessor and an allocation of lessor operating expenses. The Company’s payments of volume-based charges to the lessor must meet or exceed the minimum annual commitment. The Company’s volume-based payments to the lessor were approximately $31.7 million in 2012, $26.5 million in 2011, and $21.4 million in 2010, and there were no minimum annual guarantee payments in any year.

 

8.                                      EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

 

The Company has two funded qualified single-employer defined benefit pension plans that cover certain non-bargaining unit employees and bargaining unit employees. In addition, the Company has plans that provide certain retiree health care and life insurance benefits to substantially all salaried, non-bargaining employees hired before 2008 and to certain bargaining unit employees. Employees are generally eligible for such benefits upon retirement and completion of a specified number of years of service. The Company does not pre-fund these health care and life insurance benefits and has the right to modify or terminate certain of these plans in the future. Certain groups of retirees pay a portion of the benefit costs.

 

Plan Administration, Investments and Asset Allocations:  The Company has an Investment Committee that meets regularly with investment advisors to establish investment policies, direct investments and select investment options. The Investment Committee is also responsible for appointing investment managers. The Company’s investment policy permits investments in marketable equity securities, such as domestic and foreign stocks, domestic and foreign bonds, venture capital, real estate investments, and cash equivalents. The Company’s investment policy does not permit direct investment in certain types of assets, such as options or commodities, or the use of certain strategies, such as short selling or the purchase of securities on margin.

 

54



Table of Contents

 

The Company’s investment strategy for its pension plan assets is to achieve a diversified mix of investments that provides for attractive long-term growth with an acceptable level of risk, but also to provide sufficient liquidity to fund ongoing benefit payments. The Company has engaged a number of investment managers to implement various investment strategies to achieve the desired asset class mix, liquidity and risk diversification objectives.

 

The Company’s weighted-average asset allocations at December 31, 2012, 2011, and year-end target allocation, by asset category, were as follows:

 

 

 

Target

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic equity securities

 

53

%

56

%

59

%

International equity securities

 

15

%

14

%

14

%

Debt securities

 

22

%

19

%

17

%

Real estate

 

10

%

5

%

6

%

Other and cash

 

 

6

%

4

%

Total

 

100

%

100

%

100

%

 

The Company’s investments in equity securities primarily include domestic large-cap and mid-cap companies, but also include an allocation to small-cap and international equity securities. Equity investments do not include any direct holdings of the Company’s stock but may include such holdings to the extent that the stock is included as part of certain mutual fund holdings. Debt securities include investment-grade and high-yield corporate bonds from diversified industries, mortgage-backed securities, and U.S. Treasuries. Other types of investments include funds that invest in commercial real estate assets, and to a lesser extent, private equity investments in technology companies.

 

The expected return on plan assets is principally based on the Company’s historical returns combined with the Company’s long-term future expectations regarding asset class returns, the mix of plan assets, and inflation assumptions. One-, three-, and five-year pension asset returns (losses) were 15.2 percent, 8.4 percent, and (0.1) percent, respectively, and the long-term average return (since plan inception in 1989) has been approximately 8.3 percent. Over the long-term, the actual returns have generally exceeded the benchmark returns used by the Company to evaluate performance of its fund managers. Due to volatile market performance in recent years, the Company has reduced its long-term rate of return assumption from 8.5 percent in 2009 to 8.3 percent in 2010 and believes that the change is appropriate given the Company’s investment portfolio’s historical performance and the Company’s target asset allocation.

 

The Company’s pension plan assets are held in a master trust and stated at estimated fair values of the underlying investments. Purchases and sales of securities are recorded on a trade-date basis. Interest income is recorded on the accrual basis. Dividends are recorded on the ex-dividend date.

 

FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, as amended, establishes a fair value hierarchy, which requires the pension plans to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The hierarchy places the highest priority on unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and assigns the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of inputs within the hierarchy are defined as follows:

 

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect the pension plans’ own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

55



Table of Contents

 

If the technique used to measure fair value includes inputs from multiple levels of the fair value hierarchy, the lowest level of significant input determines the placement of the entire fair value measurement in the hierarchy.

 

Equity Securities: Domestic and international common stocks are valued by obtaining quoted prices on recognized and highly liquid exchanges.

 

Fixed Income Securities: Corporate bonds and U.S. government treasury and agency securities are valued based upon the closing price reported in the market in which the security is traded. U.S. government agency and corporate asset-backed securities may utilize models, such as a matrix pricing model, that incorporates other observable inputs such as cash flow, security structure, or market information, when broker/dealer quotes are not available.

 

Real Estate, Private Equity and Insurance Contract Interests: The fair value of real estate, private equity and insurance contract interests are determined by the issuer based on the unit values of the funds.  Unit values are determined by dividing the fund’s net assets by the number of units outstanding at the valuation date.  Fair value for underlying investments in real estate is determined through independent property appraisals.  Fair value of underlying investments in private equity is determined based on information provided by the general partner taking into consideration the purchase price of the underlying securities, developments concerning the investee company subsequent to the acquisition of the invest, financial data and projections of the investee company provided by the general partner, and such other factors as the general partner deems relevant.  Insurance contracts are principally invested in real estate assets, which are valued based on independent appraisals.

 

The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2012 and 2011, by asset category, are as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

Asset Category

 

Total

 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)

 

Cash

 

$

8.3

 

$

8.3

 

$

 

$

 

Equity securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. large-cap

 

53.8

 

53.8

 

 

 

U.S. mid- and small-cap

 

29.8

 

29.8

 

 

 

International large-cap

 

16.7

 

16.7

 

 

 

International small-cap

 

4.3

 

4.3

 

 

 

Fixed income securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasuries

 

0.8

 

 

0.8

 

 

Municipal bonds

 

0.2

 

 

0.2

 

 

Investment grade U.S. corporate bonds

 

2.0

 

 

2.0

 

 

High-yield U.S. corporate bonds

 

6.4

 

 

6.4

 

 

Emerging markets fixed income

 

4.3

 

4.3

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

14.0

 

 

14.0

 

 

Other types of investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate partnership interests

 

7.8

 

 

 

7.8

 

Private equity partnership interests (a)

 

0.8

 

 

 

0.8

 

Insurance contracts

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

149.2

 

$

117.2

 

$

23.4

 

$

8.6

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

Asset Category

 

Total

 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)

 

Cash

 

$

5.1

 

$

5.1

 

$

 

$

 

Equity securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. large-cap

 

50.2

 

50.2

 

 

 

U.S. mid- and small-cap

 

15.6

 

15.6

 

 

 

International large-cap

 

13.6

 

13.6

 

 

 

International mid-cap

 

11.2

 

11.2

 

 

 

Fixed income securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasuries

 

0.3

 

 

0.3

 

 

Municipal bonds

 

0.1

 

 

0.1

 

 

Investment grade U.S. corporate bonds

 

1.5

 

 

1.5

 

 

High-yield U.S. corporate bonds

 

4.7

 

 

4.7

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

15.1

 

 

15.1

 

 

Other types of investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate partnership interests

 

7.1

 

 

 

7.1

 

Private equity partnership interests (a)

 

0.8

 

 

 

0.8

 

Insurance contracts

 

0.7

 

 

 

0.7

 

Total

 

$

126.0

 

$

95.7

 

$

21.7

 

$

8.6

 

 


(a)         This category represents private equity funds that invest principally in U.S. technology companies.

 

56



Table of Contents

 

The table below presents a reconciliation of all pension plan investments measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 (in millions):

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements Using Significant

 

 

 

Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)

 

 

 

Real Estate

 

Private Equity

 

Insurance

 

Total

 

Beginning balance, December 31, 2010

 

$

6.3

 

$

0.9

 

$

0.5

 

$

7.7

 

Actual return (loss) on plan assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets held at the reporting date

 

0.9

 

0.1

 

 

1.0

 

Assets sold during the period

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.2

 

Purchases, sales and settlements, net

 

(0.3

)

(0.2

)

0.2

 

(0.3

)

Beginning balance, December 31, 2011

 

7.1

 

0.8

 

0.7

 

8.6

 

Actual return (loss) on plan assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets held at the reporting date

 

1.6

 

0.1

 

 

1.7

 

Assets sold during the period

 

(0.2

)

0.3

 

 

0.1

 

Purchases, sales and settlements, net

 

(0.7

)

(0.4

)

(0.7

)

(1.8

)

Ending balance, December 31, 2012

 

$

7.8

 

$

0.8

 

$

 

$

8.6

 

 

Contributions to each of the qualified single-employer defined benefit pension plans are determined annually by the Company’s pension administrative committee, based upon the actuarially determined minimum required contribution under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), as amended, the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (the “Act”), and the maximum deductible contribution allowed for tax purposes.  In 2012, 2011, and 2010, the Company contributed approximately $13.3 million, $4.4 million, and $5.9 million, respectively, in each year. The Company’s funding policy is to contribute cash to its pension plans so that it meets at least the minimum contribution requirements.

 

The benefit formulas for employees who are members of collective bargaining units are determined according to the collective bargaining agreements, either using final average pay as the base or a flat dollar amount per year of service.

 

Effective December 31, 2011, the Company froze benefit accruals under the final average pay formula for salaried, non-bargaining unit employees hired before January 1, 2008 and transitioned them to the same cash balance formula for employees hired on or after January 1, 2008. Retirement benefits under the cash balance formula are based on a fixed percentage of employee eligible compensation, plus interest. The plan interest credit rate will vary from year to year based on the ten-year U.S. Treasury rate.

 

57



Table of Contents

 

Benefit Plan Assets and Obligations:  The measurement date for the Company’s benefit plan disclosures is December 31st of each year. The status of the funded qualified defined benefit pension plans and the unfunded post-retirement benefit plans at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are shown below (in millions):

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Other Post-retirement
Benefits

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in Benefit Obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

$

192.6

 

$

189.8

 

$

48.5

 

$

51.8

 

Service cost

 

2.7

 

5.4

 

1.0

 

0.9

 

Interest cost

 

9.0

 

10.7

 

2.3

 

3.0

 

Plan participants’ contributions

 

 

 

1.3

 

1.2

 

Actuarial (gain) loss

 

14.9

 

20.7

 

(0.6

)

(4.7

)

Benefits paid

 

(9.1

)

(9.2

)

(3.3

)

(3.7

)

Amendments/Curtailments

 

 

(24.8

)

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

 

$

210.1

 

$

192.6

 

$

49.2

 

$

48.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in Plan Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

$

126.0

 

$

137.9

 

$

 

$

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

19.0

 

(7.1

)

 

 

Employer contributions

 

13.3

 

4.4

 

 

 

Benefits paid

 

(9.1

)

(9.2

)

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

149.2

 

126.0

 

 

 

Funded Status and Recognized Liability

 

$

(60.9

)

$

(66.6

)

$

(49.2

)

$

(48.5

)

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for the Company’s qualified pension plans was $209.6 million and $191.9 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Amounts recognized on the consolidated balance sheets and in accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Other Post-retirement
Benefits

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

$

 

$

 

$

(2.1

)

$

(2.1

)

Non-current liabilities

 

(60.9

)

(66.6

)

(47.1

)

(46.4

)

Total

 

$

(60.9

)

$

(66.6

)

$

(49.2

)

$

(48.5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss (gain) (net of taxes)

 

$

55.8

 

$

56.1

 

$

0.7

 

$

0.6

 

Prior service cost (net of taxes)

 

(13.4

)

(14.8

)

0.1

 

0.1

 

Total

 

$

42.4

 

$

41.3

 

$

0.8

 

$

0.7

 

 

The information for qualified pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2012 and 2011 is shown below (in millions):

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

Projected benefit obligation

 

$

210.1

 

$

192.6

 

Accumulated benefit obligation

 

$

209.6

 

$

191.9

 

Fair value of plan assets

 

$

149.2

 

$

126.0

 

 

58



Table of Contents

 

The estimated prior service credit for the qualified pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost in 2013 is $2.3 million. The estimated net loss that will be recognized in net periodic pension cost for the qualified pension plans in 2013 is $6.8 million. The estimated net loss and prior service cost for the other post-retirement benefit plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic pension cost in 2013 is $0.3 million.

 

Unrecognized gains and losses of the post-retirement benefit plans are amortized over five years. Although current health care costs are expected to increase, the Company attempts to mitigate these increases by maintaining caps on certain of its benefit plans, using lower cost health care plan options where possible, requiring that certain groups of employees pay a portion of their benefit costs, self-insuring for certain insurance plans, encouraging wellness programs for employees, and implementing measures to mitigate future benefit cost increases.

 

Components of the net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive loss for the qualified pension plans and the post-retirement health care and life insurance benefit plans during 2012, 2011, and 2010, are shown below (in millions):

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Other Post-retirement Benefits

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

2.7

 

$

5.4

 

$

4.6

 

$

1.0

 

$

0.9

 

$

0.7

 

Interest cost

 

9.0

 

10.7

 

10.3

 

2.3

 

3.0

 

2.6

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(10.7

)

(11.1

)

(9.7

)

 

 

 

Amortization of net loss (gain)

 

7.0

 

4.0

 

3.5

 

0.6

 

1.9

 

0.4

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

(2.3

)

0.1

 

0.1

 

0.1

 

0.2

 

0.2

 

Recognition of loss due to settlement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

5.7

 

$

9.1

 

$

8.8

 

$

4.0

 

$

6.0

 

$

3.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (net of tax)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss (gain)

 

$

4.0

 

$

23.8

 

$

3.6

 

$

(0.4

)

$

(2.5

)

$

3.9

 

Amortization of unrecognized (loss) gain

 

(4.2

)

(2.4

)

(2.1

)

(0.3

)

(1.0

)

(0.2

)

Prior service (credit) cost

 

 

(15.1

)

 

 

 

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

1.4

 

(0.1

)

(0.1

)

 

(0.1

)

(0.1

)

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

 

1.2

 

6.2

 

1.4

 

(0.7

)

(3.6

)

3.6

 

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income

 

$

6.9

 

$

15.3

 

$

10.2

 

$

3.3

 

$

2.4

 

$

7.5

 

 

The weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit information during 2012, 2011, and 2010, were as follows:

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Other Post-retirement Benefits

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

Weighted Average Assumptions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

4.2

%

4.8

%

5.8

%

4.3

%

4.9

%

5.8

%

Expected return on plan assets

 

8.3

%

8.3

%

8.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rate of compensation increase

 

3.0

%

4.0

%

4.0

%

3.0

%

4.0

%

4.0

%

Initial health care cost trend rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.0

%

9.0

%

10.0

%

Ultimate rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.5

%

5.0

%

5.0

%

Year ultimate rate is reached

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

2016

 

2016

 

 

59



Table of Contents

 

If the assumed health care cost trend rate were increased or decreased by one percentage point, the accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation, as of December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 and the net periodic post-retirement benefit cost for 2012, 2011 and 2010, would have increased or decreased as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

Other Post-retirement Benefits

 

 

 

One Percentage Point

 

 

 

Increase

 

Decrease

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect on total of service and interest cost components

 

$

0.6

 

$

0.6

 

$

0.5

 

$

(0.4

)

$

(0.5

)

$

(0.4

)

Effect on post-retirement benefit obligation

 

$

6.5

 

$

6.6

 

$

7.1

 

$

(5.2

)

$

(5.3

)

$

(5.7

)

 

Non-qualified Pension Plans:  The Company has non-qualified supplemental pension plans covering certain employees and retirees, which provide for incremental pension payments from the Company’s general funds so that total pension benefits would be substantially equal to amounts that would have been payable from the Company’s qualified pension plans if it were not for limitations imposed by income tax law. A few employees and retirees receive additional supplemental pension benefits.  The Company also has a frozen non-qualified pension plan that covers two outside directors and pays retirement benefits in a lump sum from the Company’s general funds.  The obligation relating to these plans, totaled $7.9 million at December 31, 2012. A 2.4 percent discount rate was used to determine the 2012 obligation. The expense associated with the non-qualified plans was $0.3 million in 2012, $0.8 million in 2011, and $1.5 million in 2010.  As of December 31, 2012, the amount recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income for net loss, net of tax, was approximately $2.0 million, and the amount recognized as prior service credit, net of tax, was $0.9 million. The estimated net loss and prior service credit, net of tax, that will be recognized in net periodic pension cost in 2013 is $0.2 million.

 

Estimated Benefit Payments:  The estimated future benefit payments for the next ten years are as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

Qualified

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension

 

Non-qualified

 

Post-retirement

 

Year

 

Benefits

 

Pension Benefits

 

Benefits (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

$

10.5

 

$

0.8

 

$

2.2

 

2014

 

11.0

 

3.3

 

2.3

 

2015

 

11.4

 

0.6

 

2.4

 

2016

 

11.7

 

0.8

 

2.4

 

2017

 

12.0

 

0.2

 

2.5

 

2018-2022

 

$

64.2

 

$

1.6

 

$

13.0

 

 


(1) Net of plan participants’ contributions and Medicare D subsidies.

 

Current liabilities of approximately $2.9 million, related to non-qualified pension benefits and postretirement benefits, are classified as accrued and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012.

 

Multiemployer Plans:  The Company contributes to nine multiemployer defined benefit pension plans under the terms of collective-bargaining agreements that cover its bargaining unit employees. Contributions are generally based on union labor paid or cargo volume.

 

The risks of participating in multiemployer plans are different from single-employer plans because assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers. Additionally, if one employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers.

 

60



Table of Contents

 

The multiemployer pension plans are subject to the plan termination insurance provisions of ERISA and are paying premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”). The statutes provide that an employer who withdraws from, or significantly reduces its contribution obligation to, a multiemployer plan generally will be required to continue funding its proportional share of the plan’s unfunded vested benefits. As of December 31, 2012, Management has no present intention of withdrawing from and does not anticipate termination of any of these plans.

 

Information regarding Matson’s participation in multiemployer pension plans is outlined in the table below.  The “EIN/Pension Plan Number” column provides the Employer Identification Number (EIN) and the three-digit plan number, if applicable.  Unless otherwise noted, the most recent Pension Protection Act (PPA) zone status available in 2012 and 2011 is for the plan’s year-end at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  The zone status is based on information that Matson received from the plan and is certified by the plan’s actuary.  Among other factors, plans in the red zone are generally less than 65 percent funded, plans in the yellow zone are less than 80 percent funded, and plans in the green zone are at least 80 percent funded. The “Status of funding improvement or rehabilitation plan implementation” column indicates plans for which a funding improvement plan or a rehabilitation plan is either pending or has been implemented.  The last column lists the expiration date(s) of the collective-bargaining agreement(s) to which the plans are subject.

 

 

 

 

 

Pension Protection Act
Zone Status as of December

 

FIP/RP
Status

 

Contributions of Matson

 

 

 

Expiration
Date of
Collective

 

 

 

EIN/Pension

 

31,

 

Pending/

 

($ in millions)

 

Surcharge

 

Bargaining

 

Pension Fund

 

Plan Number

 

2012

 

2011

 

Implemented

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

Imposed

 

Agreement

 

Hawaii Stevedoring Multiemployer Retirement Plan

 

99-0314293/001

 

Yellow

 

Yellow

 

Implemented

 

$

2.4

 

$

2.2

 

$

2.0

 

No

 

6/30/2014

 

Master, Mates and Pilots

 

13-6372630/001

 

Green

 

Green

 

None

 

3.4

 

3.0

 

2.9

 

No

 

8/15/2023, 8/15/2018

 

Hawaii Terminals Multiemployer Pension Plan

 

20-0389370/001

 

Yellow

 

Yellow

 

Implemented

 

5.1

 

5.2

 

5.2

 

No

 

6/30/2014

 

MEBA Pension Trust

 

51-6029896/001

 

Green

 

Green

 

None

 

2.1

 

 

 

No

 

8/15/2018

 

OCU Trust Pension

 

26-1574440/001

 

Green

 

Green

 

None

 

0.1

 

0.1

 

0.1

 

No

 

6/30/2013

 

Other Plans

 

 

 

Green

 

Green

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

13.1

 

$

10.5

 

$

10.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

Masters, Mates and Pilots Pension Plan utilized the special 29-year amortization rules provided by Public Law 111-192, Section 211 to amortize its losses from 2008.  As a result, the plan’s zone status changed from red in 2010 to green in 2011. Also, Matson is party to two collective-bargaining agreements based upon vessels that require contributions to this plan:  Contract A, covering thirteen vessels, expires on August 15, 2023, and Contract B, covering one managed vessel, expires on August 15, 2018.

 

In 2012, Matson agreed to contribute at least 11.7% of total wages paid to employees in covered MEBA employment to the MEBA Pension Trust by a reallocation of the total labor cost under the collective bargaining agreement. The pension contribution rate was determined by the plan’s actuary to be necessary to maintain full funding of the pension plan and is fully offset by a reallocation of wages and other benefits.

 

Matson was listed in its plans’ Forms 5500 as providing more than five percent of the total contributions for the following plans and plan years:

 

Pension Plan

 

Exceeded More than 5 Percent of
Total Contributions (as of
December 31 of the Plan’s Year-
End)

Hawaii Stevedoring Multiemployer Pension Plan

 

2012, 2011 and 2010

Hawaii Terminals Multiemployer Pension Plan

 

2012, 2011 and 2010

Masters, Mates and Pilots Pension Plan*

 

2011 and 2010

 


* As of the date the financial statements were issued, Form 5500s were not available for the plan years ending in 2012 for this and other plans.

 

61



Table of Contents

 

Matson contributes to seven multiemployer plans that provide postretirement benefits other than pensions under the terms of collective-bargaining agreements with American Radio Association AFL-CIO; ILWU Local 142; ILWU Local 63, Office Clerical Unit Marine Clerk Association; International Organization of Masters, Mates and Pilots, AFL-CIO; National Marine Engineers’ Beneficial Association, AFL-CIO District No. 1 — PCD, MEBA; Marine Firemen’s Union; and Sailors’ Union of the Pacific.  Benefits provided to active and retired employees and their eligible dependents under these plans include medical, dental, vision, hearing, prescription drug, death, accidental death and dismemberment, disability, legal aid, training in maritime electronics, scholarship program, wage insurance and license insurance, although not all of these benefits are provided by each plan. These plans are not subject to the PBGC plan termination and withdrawal liability provisions of ERISA applicable to multiemployer pension plans. Contributions Matson made to these plans were $10.8 million in 2012, $10.7 million in 2011, and $10.5 million in 2010.  The contributions increased during the period due to increases in the employer contribution rate.

 

Defined Contribution Plans: The Company sponsors defined contribution plans that qualify under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code.  These plans provide matching contributions of up to 4 percent of eligible employee compensation.  For all non-bargaining unit employees who were participants in the Company’s defined benefit pension plan, the 401(k) matching contributions were suspended for 2010 but reinstated in 2011. The Company’s matching contributions expensed under these plans totaled $1.6 million, $1.5 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. The Company also provides profit sharing contributions under the qualified defined contribution plans; if a minimum threshold of Matson’s performance is achieved, the Company provides contributions to salaried, non-bargaining employees of up to 3 percent based on a formula which may change on an annual basis.  For certain eligible employees, supplemental profit sharing contributions are credited under a non-qualified plan to be paid after separation from service from the Company’s general funds so that total profit sharing contributions would be substantially equal to amounts that would have been contributed to the Company’s qualified defined contribution plans if it were not for limitations imposed by income tax law.  Profit sharing contributions to certain bargaining unit employees are determined under collective bargaining agreements.  Profit sharing expenses recorded in 2012 and 2010 under this plan totaled $1.2 million and $1.7 million, respectively.  No expense was recorded in 2011 when the plan was suspended.

 

9.             INCOME TAXES

 

The income tax expense on income from continuing operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 consisted of the following (in millions):

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

38.9

 

$

26.5

 

$

38.1

 

State

 

3.2

 

1.8

 

5.4

 

Total

 

42.1

 

28.3

 

43.5

 

Deferred

 

(9.1

)

(3.2

)

3.2

 

Provision for income taxes

 

$

33.0

 

$

25.1

 

$

46.7

 

 

Income tax expense for 2012, 2011, and 2010 differs from amounts computed by applying the statutory federal rate to income from continuing operations before income taxes for the following reasons (in millions):

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computed federal income tax expense

 

$

29.7

 

$

24.9

 

$

41.2

 

State income taxes

 

0.5

 

1.4

 

5.0

 

Deferred tax adjustment

 

(1.4

)

 

 

Separation costs

 

1.7

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefit

 

1.5

 

 

 

Other — net

 

1.0

 

(1.2

)

0.5

 

Provision for income taxes

 

$

33.0

 

$

25.1

 

$

46.7

 

 

62



Table of Contents

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31 of each year are as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit plans

 

$

54.0

 

$

52.5

 

Insurance reserves

 

9.7

 

7.8

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

1.7

 

1.9

 

Reserves

 

1.7

 

2.5

 

Other

 

0.3

 

1.9

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

67.4

 

66.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Basis differences for property and equipment

 

292.6

 

301.1

 

Capital Construction Fund

 

3.3

 

3.3

 

Joint ventures and other investments

 

3.8

 

6.0

 

Deferred revenue

 

10.9

 

8.0

 

Amortization

 

2.1

 

2.0

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

312.7

 

320.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

 

$

245.3

 

$

253.8

 

 

The Company’s income taxes payable has been reduced by the tax benefits from share-based compensation. The Company receives an income tax benefit for exercised stock options calculated as the difference between the fair market value of the stock issued at the time of exercise and the option exercise price, tax effected. The Company also receives an income tax benefit for non-vested stock when they vest, measured as the fair market value of the stock at the time of vesting, tax effected. The net tax benefits from share-based transactions were $1.3 million and $0.6 million for 2012 and 2011, respectively, and the portion of the tax benefit related to the excess of the amount reported as the tax deduction over expense was reflected as an increase to additional capital in the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity.

 

In connection with the Separation, the Company incurred certain financial advisory, legal, tax and other professional fees, a portion of which is not deductible under the tax regulations. Accordingly, the Company’s income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2012, were increased by approximately $1.7 million, related to the non-deductibility of certain Separation costs.

 

Also in connection with the Separation, the Company entered into a Tax Sharing Agreement with A&B that governs the respective rights, responsibilities and obligations of the companies after the Separation with respect to tax liabilities and benefits, tax attributes, tax contests and other tax sharing regarding U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income taxes, other tax matters and related tax returns. A&B has liability to Matson with respect to Matson’s consolidated or combined U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income tax liability for the taxes that are attributed to A&B’s businesses and relative contribution to state and other taxable income of the Matson consolidated or combined group relating to the taxable periods in which A&B was a part of that group. The Tax Sharing Agreement specifies the portion, if any, of this tax liability for which Matson and A&B will bear responsibility, and Matson and A&B agreed to indemnify each other against any amounts for which they are not responsible.  Under the Tax Sharing Agreement, Matson also generally will be responsible for any taxes that arise from the failure of the Separation, together with certain related transactions, to qualify as tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes within the meaning of Sections 355 and 368 of the Code, to the extent such failure to qualify is attributable to actions, events or transactions relating to Matson’s stock, assets or business, or a breach of the relevant representations or covenants made by Matson in the Tax Sharing Agreement, the materials submitted to the Internal Revenue Service in connection with the ruling request relating to the Separation or the representation letter provided to counsel in connection with such counsel’s issuance of a tax opinion relating to certain aspects of the Separation.  In addition, each of Matson and A&B generally will be responsible for a portion of any taxes that arise from the

 

63



Table of Contents

 

failure of the Separation, together with certain related transactions, to qualify as tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes within the meaning of Sections 355 and 368 of the Code, if such failure is for any reason for which neither Matson nor A&B is responsible. The Tax Sharing Agreement also imposes restrictions on the respective abilities of Matson and A&B to engage in certain actions following the Separation.

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in millions):

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

 

$

2.7

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

Additions for tax positions of current year

 

1.1

 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

 

(0.3

)

Reductions for lapse of statute of limitations

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

 

3.5

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

 

0.3

 

Reductions for tax positions of current year

 

(0.5

)

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

Reductions for lapse of statute of limitations

 

(0.7

)

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

2.6

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

 

4.0

 

Additions for tax positions of current year

 

3.7

 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

 

(1.0

)

Reductions for lapse of statute of limitations

 

(1.0

)

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

$

8.3

 

 

The Company increased its unrecognized tax benefits by $4.0 million based on Matson becoming the primary taxpayer for all unpaid tax positions prior to Separation.  The $4.0 million represents the Former Parent Company’s liability which will be repaid to Matson through an indemnification agreement with A&B.

 

Of the total unrecognized benefits, $8.3 million $2.6 million and $3.5 million, at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, represent the amount that, if recognized, would favorably affect the Company’s effective rate in future periods.  The Company does not expect a material change in gross unrecognized benefits in the next twelve months.

 

The Company recognizes potential accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. To the extent interest and penalties are not ultimately assessed with respect to the settlement of uncertain tax positions, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision.  Interest accrued related to the balance of unrecognized tax benefits totaled $0.4 million as of December 31, 2012, and $0.2 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax audits for years before 2009.  The Company is routinely involved in state and local income tax audits. Substantially all material income tax matters have been concluded for years through 2007.

 

10.          SHARE-BASED AWARDS

 

2007 Incentive Compensation Plan: The 2007 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2007 Plan”) serves as a successor to the 1998 Stock Option/Stock Incentive Plan, the 1998 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, the Restricted Stock Bonus Plan and the Non-Employee Director Stock Retainer Plan (the “Predecessor Plans”). Under the 2007 Plan, 2,215,000 shares of common stock were initially reserved for issuance. As of December 31, 2012, 6.2 million shares of its common stock were reserved for future issuance of share-based awards under the 2007 Plan. On January 28, 2010, the Board of Directors adopted an amended and restated 2007 Plan, which, among other things, authorized the issuance of an additional 2,200,000 shares of stock under the 2007 Plan. Shareholders approved the amended 2007 Plan at the 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

 

64



Table of Contents

 

In connection with the Separation, on June 29, 2012, each stock option held by a Matson employee was converted into an adjusted Matson stock option. The exercise prices of the adjusted Matson stock options and the number of shares subject to each such stock option reflects a mechanism that was intended to preserve the intrinsic value of the original stock option. The modification of the awards did not result in any additional stock compensation expense to be recorded upon Separation.  The resulting Matson stock options are subject to substantially the same terms, vesting conditions and other restrictions, if any, that were applicable to the Former Parent Company stock options immediately prior to the Separation.

 

Also, in connection with the Separation, any unvested restricted stock units (“RSUs”) granted to Matson employees were converted into Matson RSUs. The RSU grants were converted in a manner that was intended to preserve the fair market value of the awards. The resulting Matson RSU grants are subject to substantially the same terms, vesting conditions and other restrictions, if any, that were applicable to the grants immediately prior to the Separation.

 

The 2007 Plan consists of four separate incentive compensation programs: (i) the discretionary grant program, (ii) the stock issuance program, (iii) the incentive bonus program and (iv) the automatic grant program for the non-employee members of the Company’s Board of Directors. Share-based compensation is generally awarded under three of the four programs, as more fully described below.

 

Discretionary Grant Program — Under the Discretionary Grant Program, stock options may be granted with an exercise price no less than 100 percent of the fair market value (defined as the closing market price) of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant. Options generally become exercisable ratably over three years and have a maximum contractual term of 10 years. The Company estimates the grant-date fair value of its stock options using a Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model.

 

Stock Issuance Program — Under the Stock Issuance Program, shares of common stock or restricted stock units may be granted. Time-based equity awards vest ratably over three years. Provided certain performance targets are achieved, performance-based equity awards vest over three years.

 

Automatic Grant Program — The Automatic Grant Program supersedes and replaces the Company’s 1998 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan and the Non-Employee Director Stock Retainer Plan. At each annual shareholder meeting, non-employee directors will receive an award of restricted stock units that entitle the holder to an equivalent number of shares of common stock upon vesting. Awards of restricted stock units granted under the program generally vest ratably over three years.

 

The shares of common stock authorized to be issued under the 2007 Plan may be drawn from shares of the Company’s authorized but unissued common stock or from shares of its common stock that the Company acquires, including shares purchased on the open market or in private transactions.

 

Predecessor Plans: Adopted in 1998, the Company’s 1998 Stock Option/Stock Incentive Plan (“1998 Plan”) provided for the issuance of non-qualified stock options and common stock to employees of the Company. Under the 1998 Plan, option prices could not be less than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the dates of grant and the options became exercisable over periods determined, at the dates of grant, by the Compensation Committee of the Former Parent Company Board of Directors that administers the plan. Generally, options vested ratably over three years and expired ten years from the date of grant. Payments for options exercised may be made in cash or in shares of the Company’s stock. If an option to purchase shares is exercised within five years of the date of grant and if payment is made in shares of the Company’s stock, the option holder may receive, under a reload feature, a new stock option grant for such number of shares as is equal to the number surrendered, with an option price not less than the greater of the fair market value of the Company’s stock on the date of exercise or one and one-half times the original option price. The 1998 Plan also permitted the issuance of shares of the Company’s common stock. Generally, grants of time-based, non-vested stock vests ratably over three years and performance-based, non-vested stock vests in one year, provided that certain performance targets are achieved. The 1998 Plan was superseded by the 2007 Plan and no further grants will be made under the 1998 Plan.

 

65



Table of Contents

 

Director Stock Option Plans:  The 1998 Director Stock Option Plan (“1998 Director Plan”) was superseded by the 2007 Plan. Under the 1998 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, each non-employee Director of the Company, elected at an Annual Meeting of Shareholders, was automatically granted, on the date of each such Annual Meeting, an option to purchase 8,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant. Each option to purchase shares generally became exercisable ratably over three years following the date granted.

 

The Company estimates the grant-date fair value of its stock options using a Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The weighted average grant-date fair values, prior to the Separation, of the options granted during 2012, 2011, and 2010 were $10.74, $8.92,  and $6.59, respectively, per option.  No options were granted after the Separation, therefore all weighted average assumptions provided in the table below are prior to the Separation:

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected volatility

 

31.8

%

29.2

%

28.8

%

Expected term (in years)

 

6.1

 

6.0

 

5.8

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

1.2

%

2.3

%

2.7

%

Dividend yield

 

2.7

%

3.1

%

3.8

%

 

·                  Expected volatility was primarily determined using the historical volatility of Matson common stock over the expected term, but the Company may also consider future events and other factors that it reasonably concludes marketplace participants might consider.

 

·                  The expected term of the awards represents expectations of future employee exercise and post-vesting termination behavior and was primarily based on historical experience. The Company analyzed various groups of employees and considers expected or unusual trends that would likely affect this assumption.

 

·                  The risk free interest rate was based on U.S. Government treasury yields for periods equal to the expected term of the option on the grant date.

 

·                  The expected dividend yield is based on the Company’s current and historical dividend policy.

 

Application of alternative assumptions could produce significantly different estimates of the fair value of share-based compensation and, consequently, significantly affect the related amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

 

Activity in the Company’s stock option plans for the year ended December 31, 2012, exclusive of 2.9 million options cancelled in connection with the Separation, was as follows (in thousands, except weighted average exercise price and weighted average contractual life):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1998

 

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

2007

 

1998

 

Director

 

Total

 

Exercise

 

Contractual

 

Intrinsic

 

 

 

Plan

 

Plan

 

Plan

 

Shares

 

Price

 

Life

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, January 1, 2012

 

1,329

 

572

 

195

 

2,096

 

$

20.11

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

111

 

 

 

111

 

$

23.74

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(448

)

(190

)

(49

)

(687

)

$

17.57

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited and expired

 

(38

)

(129

)

 

(167

)

$

24.62

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2012

 

954

 

253

 

146

 

1,353

 

$

21.15

 

5.6

 

$

4,794

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable, December 31, 2012

 

512

 

253

 

146

 

911

 

$

21.40

 

4.5

 

$

3,071

 

 

66



Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes non-vested restricted stock unit activity through December 31, 2012, exclusive of 0.3 million non-vested restricted stock units cancelled in connection with the Separation, (in thousands, except weighted average grant-date fair value amounts):

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

Plan

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Restricted

 

Average

 

 

 

Stock

 

Grant-Date

 

 

 

Units

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, January 1, 2012

 

394

 

$

18.45

 

Granted

 

226

 

$

17.46

 

Vested

 

(155

)

$

16.58

 

Canceled

 

(109

)

$

20.62

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2012

 

356

 

$

17.97

 

 

As of December 31, 2012, the number of shares remaining available for future issuance under all equity compensation plans (excluding 1.4 million shares to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights) is 6.2 million.

 

A summary of compensation cost related to share-based payments, exclusive of A&B related compensation prior to the Separation, is as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

Share-based expense (net of estimated forfeitures):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options

 

$

0.9

 

$

0.8

 

$

0.7

 

Non-vested stock and restricted stock units

 

3.1

 

1.9

 

1.8

 

Total share-based expense

 

$

4.0

 

$

2.7

 

$

2.5

 

Total recognized tax benefit

 

(1.6

)

(0.9

)

(0.8

)

Share-based expense (net of tax)

 

$

2.4

 

$

1.8

 

$

1.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash received by Matson upon option exercise

 

$

3.5

 

$

2.0

 

$

0.4

 

Intrinsic value of options exercised

 

$

5.2

 

$

1.1

 

$

0.2

 

Tax benefit realized upon option exercise

 

$

1.5

 

$

0.4

 

$

0.1

 

Fair value of stock vested

 

$

3.8

 

$

2.5

 

$

1.2

 

 

As of December 31, 2012, there was $0.5 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1.3 years. As of December 31, 2012, unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock units was $7.0 million. The unrecognized cost for non-vested stock and restricted stock units is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.0 years.

 

11.      COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Commitments and Contingencies:  Commitments and financial arrangements, excluding lease commitments that are described in Note 7, included the following as of December 31, 2012 (in millions):

 

Standby letters of credit

 

(a)

 

$

6.8

 

Bonds

 

(b)

 

$

14.2

 

Benefit plan withdrawal obligations

 

(c)

 

$

102.1

 

 

67



Table of Contents

 

These amounts are not recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and it is not expected that the Company or its subsidiaries will be called upon to advance funds under these commitments.

 

(a)                     Includes approximately $5.6 million in letters of credit which are required for the Company’s self-insured workers’ compensation programs and its other insurance programs, and approximately $1.2 million in letters of credit used to support various credit enhancement needs.

 

(b)                     Consists of approximately $13.0 million in U.S. Customs bonds, and approximately $1.2 million related to transportation and other matters.

 

(c)                      Represents the withdrawal liabilities as of the most recent valuation dates for multiemployer pension plans, in which Matson is a participant. Management has no present intention of withdrawing from, and does not anticipate the termination of, any of the aforementioned plans.

 

Environmental Matters:  As with most transportation companies of its size, the Company’s shipping business has certain risks that could result in expenditures for environmental remediation.  The Company believes that based on all information available to it, the Company is in compliance, in all material respects, with applicable environmental laws and regulations.

 

Other Contingencies: On April 21, 2008, Matson was served with a grand jury subpoena from the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Florida for documents and information relating to water carriage in connection with the Department of Justice’s investigation into the pricing and other competitive practices of carriers operating in the domestic trades.  Matson understands that while the investigation originally was focused on the Puerto Rico trade, it also includes pricing and other competitive practices in all domestic trades, including the Alaska, Hawaii and Guam trades.  Matson does not operate vessels in the Puerto Rico and Alaska trades.  It does operate vessels in the Hawaii and Guam trades.  Matson has cooperated, and will continue to cooperate, fully with the Department of Justice.  If the Department of Justice believes that any violations have occurred on the part of Matson, it could seek civil or criminal sanctions, including monetary fines. Matson does not believe that it has committed a violation, and consequently is unable to estimate any possible loss at this time.

 

Matson and its subsidiaries are parties to, or may be contingently liable in connection with, other legal actions arising in the normal conduct of their businesses, the outcomes of which, in the opinion of management after consultation with counsel, would not have a material effect on Matson’s consolidated financial statements.

 

12.      RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Effective upon the completion of the Separation, Matson ceased to be a related party of the Former Parent Company. Prior to the Separation, transactions with Former Parent Company were considered related party transactions, as discussed below.

 

Historically, the Company provided vessel management services to A&B for its bulk sugar vessel, the MV Moku Pahu, the income of which is included in ocean transportation. Additionally, the Company expensed operating costs related to a lease for industrial warehouse space in Savannah, Georgia, that is leased from A&B. The Company also recognized the cost for equipment and repair services to the vessel and other various services provided by A&B in operating costs.

 

The amounts of these related party transactions are as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

Vessel management services income

 

$

2.0

 

$

4.0

 

$

3.8

 

Lease expense to A&B

 

(2.1

)

(4.4

)

(3.8

)

Equipment and repair services expense and other

 

(1.4

)

(2.7

)

(2.7

)

Related party expense, net

 

$

(1.5

)

$

(3.1

)

$

(2.7

)

 

68



Table of Contents

 

Contributions to A&B totaled $155.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, which related to the Separation.  Contributions to A&B for the proceeds from the issuance of capital stock of $21.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements due to Matson being the successor company of the Former Parent Company for accounting purposes.  Contributions from the Former Parent Company of $25.0 million, $40.3 million and $43.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 respectively, represent dividends paid by the Former Parent Company to its shareholders prior to the Separation offset by distributions to the Former Parent Company for the issuance of capital stock and stock based compensation, which are reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements due to Matson being the successor company of the Former Parent Company for accounting purposes.

 

13.          REPORTABLE SEGMENTS

 

Reporting segments are components of an enterprise that engage in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance, and for which discrete financial information is available. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is its Chief Executive Officer.

 

Matson consists of two segments:

 

Ocean Transportation: The ocean transportation segment of Matson’s business, which is conducted through MatNav, is an asset-based business that generates revenue primarily through the carriage of containerized freight between various U.S. Pacific Coast, Hawaii, Guam, Micronesia, China and other Pacific island ports.  MatNav also records its share of income in the terminal joint venture in operating expenses within the ocean transportation segment, due to operations of the joint venture being an integral part of the Company’s business.

 

Logistics: The logistics segment of Matson’s business, which is conducted through Matson Logistics, is an asset-light based business that is a provider of domestic and international rail intermodal service (“Intermodal”), long-haul and regional highway brokerage, specialized hauling, flat-bed and project work, less-than-truckload services, expedited freight services, and warehousing and distribution services (collectively “Highway”).  Warehousing, packaging and distribution services are provided by Matson Logistics Warehousing, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Matson Logistics.

 

The accounting policies of the operating segments are described in the summary of significant accounting policies. Reportable segments are measured based on operating profit, exclusive of interest expense, general corporate expenses, and income taxes. Transactions between reportable segments are accounted for on the same basis as transactions with unrelated third parties.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

Reportable segment information for 2012, 2011, and 2010 is summarized below (in millions):

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011(1)

 

2010(1)

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ocean transportation

 

$

1,189.8

 

$

1,076.2

 

$

1,015.0

 

Logistics services

 

370.2

 

386.4

 

355.6

 

Total revenue

 

$

1,560.0

 

$

1,462.6

 

$

1,370.6

 

Operating Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ocean transportation(2)

 

$

96.6

 

$

73.7

 

$

118.3

 

Logistics services

 

0.1

 

4.9

 

7.1

 

Total operating income

 

96.7

 

78.6

 

125.4

 

Interest expense, net

 

(11.7

)

(7.7

)

(8.2

)

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

85.0

 

70.9

 

117.2

 

Income taxes

 

33.0

 

25.1

 

46.7

 

Income from continuing operations

 

52.0

 

45.8

 

70.5

 

Discontinued operations

 

(6.1

)

(11.6

)

21.6

 

Net income

 

$

45.9

 

$

34.2

 

$

92.1

 

 


(1)         Prior year amounts restated for amounts treated as discontinued operations.

 

(2)         The ocean transportation segment includes approximately $3.2 million, $8.6 million, and $12.8 million of equity in earnings from its investment in SSAT for 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

As of December 31:

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

Identifiable Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ocean transportation(3)

 

$

1,097.2

 

$

1,083.9

 

$

1,084.7

 

Logistics(4)

 

77.1

 

76.4

 

73.8

 

Other(5)

 

 

1,384.0

 

1,336.1

 

Total assets

 

$

1,174.3

 

$

2,544.3

 

$

2,494.6

 

Capital Expenditures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ocean transportation

 

$

37.0

 

$

44.2

 

$

69.4

 

Logistics(6)

 

1.1

 

3.0

 

1.8

 

Total capital expenditures

 

$

38.1

 

$

47.2

 

$

71.2

 

Depreciation and Amortization from Continuing Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ocean transportation

 

$

69.1

 

$

68.4

 

$

67.6

 

Logistics

 

3.4

 

3.2

 

3.2

 

Total depreciation and amortization

 

$

72.5

 

$

71.6

 

$

70.8

 

 


(3)         The ocean transportation segment includes approximately $59.6 million, $56.5 million, and $52.9 million related to its investment in SSAT as of December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

 

(4)   Include goodwill of $27.0 million as of December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010.

 

(5)         Includes assets related to discontinued operations from A&B and CLX2 of $1.4 billion and $1.3 billion as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

(6)         Excludes expenditures related to Logistics’ acquisitions, which are classified as acquisition of businesses in Cash Flows from Investing Activities within the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

 

70



Table of Contents

 

14.           QUARTERLY INFORMATION (Unaudited)

 

Segment results by quarter for 2012 and 2011 are listed below (in millions, except per-share amounts):

 

 

 

2012

 

 

 

Q1

 

Q2

 

Q3

 

Q4

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ocean transportation

 

$

279.5

 

$

299.5

 

$

307.1

 

$

303.7

 

Logistics

 

86.6

 

94.7

 

94.3

 

94.6

 

Total operating revenue

 

$

366.1

 

$

394.2

 

$

401.4

 

$

398.3

 

Operating Income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ocean transportation

 

$

5.8

 

$

31.2

 

$

32.9

 

$

26.7

 

Logistics services

 

0.3

 

1.3

 

1.3

 

(2.8

)

Total operating income

 

6.1

 

32.5

 

34.2

 

23.9

 

Interest Expense

 

(2.0

)

(1.9

)

(4.0

)

(3.8

)

Income From Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

 

4.1

 

30.6

 

30.2

 

20.1

 

Income tax expense

 

2.1

 

15.3

 

11.2

 

4.4

 

Income From Continuing Operations

 

2.0

 

15.3

 

19.0

 

15.7

 

Discontinued Operations(1)

 

1.4

 

(7.5

)

0.1

 

(0.1

)

Net Income

 

$

3.4

 

$

7.8

 

$

19.1

 

$

15.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income From Continuing Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.05

 

$

0.36

 

$

0.45

 

$

0.37

 

Diluted

 

$

0.05

 

$

0.36

 

$

0.45

 

$

0.37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.08

 

$

0.18

 

$

0.45

 

$

0.37

 

Diluted

 

$

0.08

 

$

0.18

 

$

0.45

 

$

0.36

 

 

 

 

2011

 

 

 

Q1

 

Q2

 

Q3

 

Q4

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ocean transportation

 

$

238.4

 

$

274.3

 

$

281.4

 

$

282.1

 

Logistics

 

91.3

 

103.1

 

99.2

 

92.8

 

Total operating revenue

 

$

329.7

 

$

377.4

 

$

380.6

 

$

374.9

 

Operating Income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ocean transportation

 

$

5.2

 

$

27.1

 

$

28.9

 

$

12.5

 

Logistics services

 

1.5

 

2.1

 

2.0

 

(0.7

)

Total operating income

 

6.7

 

29.2

 

30.9

 

11.8

 

Interest Expense

 

(1.9

)

(1.9

)

(1.9

)

(2.0

)

Income From Continuing Operations before Income Taxes

 

4.8

 

27.3

 

29.0

 

9.8

 

Income tax expense

 

1.8

 

9.6

 

10.6

 

3.1

 

Income From Continuing Operations

 

3.0

 

17.7

 

18.4

 

6.7

 

Discontinued Operations(1)

 

2.2

 

1.0

 

(9.7

)

(5.1

)

Net Income

 

$

5.2

 

$

18.7

 

$

8.7

 

$

1.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income From Continuing Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.07

 

$

0.42

 

$

0.44

 

$

0.16

 

Diluted

 

$

0.07

 

$

0.42

 

$

0.44

 

$

0.16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.12

 

$

0.45

 

$

0.21

 

$

0.04

 

Diluted

 

$

0.12

 

$

0.44

 

$

0.21

 

$

0.04

 

 


(1)See Note 2 for discussion of discontinued operations.

 

71



Table of Contents

 

15.          SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

On December 26, 2012 the Company announced that it entered into a definitive agreement to acquire the primary assets formerly owned by Reef Shipping, a South Pacific shipping company. The Company will use these assets to enter into the South Pacific shipping trade in 2013.  On January 11, 2013, the transaction was completed. The Company paid a total of $9.6 million for the primary assets, financed by borrowings from the Company’s revolving credit facilities and cash on hand.

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Conclusion Regarding Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of such period, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

 

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

See page 35 for management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting.

 

See page 36 for report of independent registered public accounting firm.

 

There have not been any changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the Company’s fiscal fourth quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

 

None.

 

72



Table of Contents

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

A.            Directors

 

For information about the directors of Matson, see the section captioned “Election of Directors” in Matson’s proxy statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (“Matson’s 2013 Proxy Statement”), which section is incorporated herein by reference.

 

B.            Executive Officers

 

For information about the executive officers of Matson, see the section captioned “Executive Officers” in Matson’s 2013 Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated herein by reference.

 

C.            Corporate Governance

 

For information about the Audit Committee of the Matson Board of Directors, see the section captioned “Certain Information Concerning the Board of Directors” in Matson’s 2013 Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated herein by reference.

 

D.            Code of Ethics

 

For information about Matson’s Code of Ethics, see the subsection captioned “Code of Ethics” in Matson’s 2013 Proxy Statement, which subsection is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

See the section captioned “Executive Compensation” and the subsection captioned “Compensation of Directors” in Matson’s 2013 Proxy Statement, which section and subsection are incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

See the section captioned “Security Ownership of Certain Shareholders” and the subsection titled “Security Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers” in Matson’s 2013 Proxy Statement, which section and subsection are incorporated herein by reference.  See the Equity Compensation Plan Information table in Item 5 of Part II.

 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

See the section captioned “Election of Directors” and the subsection captioned “Certain Relationships and Transactions” in Matson’s 2013 Proxy Statement, which section and subsection are incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

 

Information concerning principal accountant fees and services appears in the section captioned “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in Matson’s 2013 Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated herein by reference.

 

73



Table of Contents

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

A.            Financial Statements

 

The financial statements are set forth in Item 8 of Part II above.

 

B.            Financial Statement Schedules

 

All schedules are omitted because of the absence of the conditions under which they are required or because the information called for is included in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

C.            Exhibits Required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K

 

Exhibits not filed herewith are incorporated by reference to the exhibit number and previous filing shown in parentheses.  All previous exhibits were filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in Washington, D.C.  Exhibits filed pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 were filed under file number 001-34187.  Shareholders may obtain copies of exhibits for a copying and handling charge of $0.15 per page by writing to, Corporate Secretary, Matson, Inc., 555 12th Street, Oakland, California 94607.

 

2.                                      Plan of acquisition, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation or succession.

 

2.1 Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 13, 2012, by and among Alexander & Baldwin, Inc., Alexander & Baldwin Holdings, Inc. and A&B Merger Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form 8-K dated February 13, 2012).

 

2.2 Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2012, by and between Alexander & Baldwin Holdings, Inc. and A&B II, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of Matson’s Form 8-K dated June 8, 2012).

 

3.                                      Articles of incorporation and bylaws.

 

3.1 Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Matson, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Matson’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012).

 

3.2 Articles of Amendment to Change Corporate Name (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Matson’s Form S-8 dated October 26, 2012).

 

3.3 Revised Bylaws of Matson, Inc., as amended through June 29, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of Matson’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012).

 

4.   Instruments defining rights of security holders, including indentures.

 

4.1. Rights Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2012, between Matson, Inc. (formerly known as Alexander & Baldwin Holdings, Inc.) and Computershare Shareowner Services LLC, as Rights Agent (including the Form of Rights Certificate as Exhibit A and the Form of Summary of Rights to Purchase Common Stock as Exhibit B) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Matson’s Form 8-K dated June 8, 2012).

 

10.                               Material contracts.

 

10.1  Transition Services Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2012, by and between Matson, Inc. (formerly known as Alexander & Baldwin Holdings, Inc.) and A & B II, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Matson’s Form 8-K dated June 8, 2012).

 

74



Table of Contents

 

10.2  Employee Matters Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2012, by and between Matson, Inc. (formerly known as Alexander & Baldwin Holdings, Inc.) and A & B II, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Matson’s Form 8-K dated June 8, 2012).

 

10.3  Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2012, by and between Matson, Inc. (formerly known as Alexander & Baldwin Holdings, Inc.) and A & B II, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Matson’s Form 8-K dated June 8, 2012).

 

10.4  Credit Agreement, dated August 5, 2011, between Matson Navigation Company, Inc. and First Hawaiian Bank, Bank of America, N.A., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, DnB NOR Bank ASA, U.S. Bank N.A., American Savings Bank, F.S.B., and Bank of Hawaii (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011).

 

10.5  Letter Consent with respect to the Credit Agreement dated as of August 5, 2011 among First Hawaiian Bank, as Agent, and the other Lenders party thereto and Matson Navigation Company, Inc., dated of June 4, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form 8-K dated June 4, 2012).

 

10.6  Second Amended and Restated Note Agreement among Matson Navigation Company, Inc., Prudential Investment Management, Inc. and the other purchasers party thereto, dated as of June 4, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form 8-K dated June 4, 2012).

 

10.7  Limited Consent — Amended and Restated Note Agreement between Matson Navigation Company and The Prudential Insurance Company of America and Pruco Life Insurance Company, dated as of June 4, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form 8-K dated June 4, 2012).

 

10.8  Credit Agreement between Matson Navigation Company, Inc., First Hawaiian Bank, Bank of America, N.A. and the other lenders party thereto, dated as of June 4, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form 8-K dated June 4, 2012).

 

10.9  Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of SSA Terminal LLC by and between SSA Ventures, Inc. and Matson Ventures, Inc., dated as of April 24, 2002 (certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request submitted to the Commission) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Matson’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012).

 

10.10  Parent Company Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2002, by and among SSA Pacific Terminals, Inc., formerly known as Stevedoring Services of America, Inc., SSA Ventures, Inc., Matson Navigation Company, Inc. and Matson Ventures, Inc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Matson’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012).

 

10.11  Borrower Assignment, Assumption, and Release among Bank of America, N.A., Matson Navigation Company, Inc. and Matson, Inc., dated as of June 28, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Matson’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012).

 

10.12 Company Assignment, Assumption and Release Agreement among The Prudential Insurance Company of America, Pruco Life Insurance Company, The Prudential Life Insurance Company, Ltd., Gibraltar Life Insurance Co. Ltd., Prudential Annuities Life Assurance Corporation and Prudential Arizona Reinsurance Universal Company, Matson Navigation Company, Inc. and Matson, Inc. dated June 29, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Matson’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012).

 

10.13  First Preferred Ship Mortgage dated May 19, 2005, between Matson Navigation Company, Inc. and The Prudential Insurance Company of America (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form 8-K dated May 19, 2005).

 

75



Table of Contents

 

10.14  Security Agreement between Matson Navigation Company, Inc. and the United States of America, with respect to $55 million of Title XI ship financing bonds, dated July 29, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.a.(xxvi) of Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004).

 

10.15  Amendment No. 1 dated September 21, 2007, to Security Agreement between Matson Navigation Company, Inc. and the United States of America, with respect to $55 million of Title XI ship financing bonds, dated July 29, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.a.(xxx) of Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007).

 

10.16  Matson, Inc. 2007 Incentive Compensation Plan, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Matson’s Form S-8 dated October 26, 2012).

 

10.17  Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Matson’s Form S-8 dated October 26, 2012).

 

10.18  Form of Stock Option Agreement for Non-Executive Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Matson’s Form S-8 dated October 26, 2012).

 

10.19  Form of Stock Option Agreement for Executive Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to Matson’s Form S-8 dated October 26, 2012).

 

10.20  Form of Notice of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Grant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to Matson’s Form S-8 dated October 26, 2012).

 

10.21  Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Non-Executive Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.6 to Matson’s Form S-8 dated October 26, 2012).

 

10.22  Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Executive Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.7 to Matson’s Form S-8 dated October 26, 2012).

 

10.23  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.8 to Matson’s Form S-8 dated October 26, 2012).

 

10.24  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (Deferral Election) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.9 to Matson’s Form S-8 dated October 26, 2012).

 

10.25  Form of Anti-Dilution Adjustment Amendment to Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.10 to Matson’s Form S-8 dated October 26, 2012).

 

10.26  Form of Anti-Dilution Adjustment Amendment to Stock Option Agreements (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.11 to Matson’s Form S-8 dated October 26, 2012).

 

10.27  Form of Anti-Dilution Adjustment Amendment to 2012 Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.12 to Matson’s Form S-8 dated October 26, 2012).

 

10.28  Matson, Inc. 1998 Stock Option/Stock Incentive Plan (formerly known as the Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. 1998 Stock Option/Stock Incentive Plan) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form S-8 dated June 6, 2012).

 

10.29  Matson, Inc. 1998 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (formerly known as the Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. 1998 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form S-8 dated June 6, 2012).

 

10.30  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Assumption Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form S-8 dated June 6, 2012).

 

76



Table of Contents

 

10.31  Form of Stock Option Assumption Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form S-8 dated June 6, 2012).

 

10.32  Special Form of Restricted Stock Unit Assumption Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form S-8 dated June 6, 2012).

 

10.33  Special Form of Stock Option Assumption Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.6 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form S-8 dated June 6, 2012).

 

10.34  Matson, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors.

 

10.35  Matson, Inc. Excess Benefits Plan (formerly known as the Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. Excess Benefits Plan), amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.b.1.(xlvi) of Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011).

 

10.36  Amendment No. 1 to the Matson, Inc. Excess Benefits Plan (formerly known as the Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. Excess Benefits Plan), effective as of January 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.b.1.(xlvii) of Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011).

 

10.37  Amendment No. 2 to the Matson, Inc. Excess Benefits Plan (formerly known as the Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. Excess Benefits Plan), effective as of January 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.b.1.(xlviii) of Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011).

 

10.38  Amendment No. 3 to the Matson, Inc. Excess Benefits Plan (formerly known as the Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. Excess Benefits Plan), effective as of January 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.b.1.(xlix) of Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011).

 

10.39  Matson, Inc. Executive Survivor/Retirement Benefit Plan (formerly known as the Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. Executive Survivor/Retirement Benefit Plan), amended and restated effective January 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.b.1.(l) of Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011).

 

10.40  Matson, Inc. Executive Survivor/Retirement Benefit Plan (formerly known as the Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. Executive Survivor/Retirement Benefit Plan), amended and restated effective February 27, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.b.1.(li) of Alexander &Baldwin, Inc.’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011).

 

10.41  Matson, Inc. 1985 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (formerly known as the Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. 1985 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan), amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.b.1.(lii) of Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011).

 

10.42  Amendment No. 1 to the Matson, Inc. 1985 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (formerly known as the Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. 1985 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan), effective as of December 31, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.b.1.(liii) of Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011).

 

10.43  Amendment No. 2 to the Matson, Inc. 1985 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (formerly known as the Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. 1985 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan), effective as of January 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.b.1.(liv) of Alexander &Baldwin, Inc.’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011).

 

10.44  Matson, Inc. Retirement Plan for Outside Directors.

 

10.45  Form of Letter Agreement entered into with certain executive officers.

 

10.46  Schedule identifying executive officers who have entered into Form of Letter Agreement.

 

77



Table of Contents

 

10.47  Matson, Inc. Executive Severance Plan.

 

10.48  Matson, Inc. One-Year Performance Improvement Incentive Plan.

 

10.49  Matson, Inc. Cash Incentive Plan.

 

10.50  Matson, Inc. Three-Year Performance Improvement Incentive Plan (formerly known as the Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. Three-Year Performance Improvement Incentive Plan), as restated effective October 22, 1992 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.b.1.(lxxi) of Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011).

 

10.51  Matson, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan.

 

10.52  Matson, Inc. Restricted Stock Bonus Plan (formerly known as the Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. Restricted Stock Bonus Plan), as restated effective April 28, 1988 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.b.1.(lxxiv) of Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011).

 

10.53  Amendment No. 1 to the Matson Restricted Stock Bonus Plan (formerly known as the Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. Restricted Stock Bonus Plan), effective December 11, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.b.1.(lxxv) to Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011).

 

10.54  Amendment No. 2 to the Matson Restricted Stock Bonus Plan (formerly known as the Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. Restricted Stock Bonus Plan), dated June 25, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.b.1.(lxxvi) to Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011).

 

10.55  Amendment No. 3 to the Matson Restricted Stock Bonus Plan (formerly known as the Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. Restricted Stock Bonus Plan), dated December 8, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.b.1.(lxxvii) to Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011).

 

10.56  Amendment No. 4 to the Matson Restricted Stock Bonus Plan (formerly known as the Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. Restricted Stock Bonus Plan), dated December 13, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.b.1.(lxxvii) to Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011).

 

21.                               Matson, Inc. Subsidiaries as of February 1, 2013.

 

23.                               Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP dated February 28, 2013.

 

31.1                        Certification of Chief Executive Officer, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

31.2                        Certification of Chief Financial Officer, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

32.                               Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

101.INS*                                            XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH*                                       XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL*                                       XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF*                                         XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB*                                       XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE*                                         XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 


*XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is furnished and not filed herewith, is not part of a registration statement or Prospectus for purposes of Section 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.

 

78



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

 

MATSON, INC.

 

 

(Registrant)

 

 

 

Date: February 28, 2013

 

/s/Matthew J. Cox

 

 

Matthew J. Cox

 

 

President,

 

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Matthew J. Cox

 

President,

 

February 28, 2013

Matthew J. Cox

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

and Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Walter A. Dods, Jr.

 

Chairman of the Board

 

February 28, 2013

Walter A. Dods, Jr.

 

and Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ W. Blake Baird

 

Director

 

February 28, 2013

W. Blake Baird

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael J. Chun

 

Director

 

February 28, 2013

Michael J. Chun

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas B. Fargo

 

Director

 

February 28, 2013

Thomas B. Fargo

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Constance H. Lau

 

Director

 

February 28, 2013

Constance H. Lau

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jeffrey N. Watanabe

 

Director

 

February 28, 2013

Jeffrey N. Watanabe

 

 

 

 

 

79



Table of Contents

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Joel M. Wine

 

Senior Vice President and

 

February 28, 2013

Joel M. Wine

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Dale B. Hendler

 

Vice President and

 

February 28, 2013

Dale B. Hendler

 

Controller, (principal
accounting officer)

 

 

 

80


Exhibit 10.34

 

MATSON, INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS

 

Amended, Renamed and Restated Effective as of June 29, 2012

 

Matson, Inc. (“Matson” or the “Company”) hereby provides members of Matson’s Board of Directors who are not employees of Matson or its subsidiaries (“Outside Directors”) the opportunity to defer payment of retainer and meeting fees in accordance with the terms of this Matson, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors (the “Plan”).

 

Pursuant to a corporate reorganization, Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. (“A&B”) became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Alexander & Baldwin Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”) and Holdings assumed all the liabilities under the Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors.  Holdings then effected a spin-off distribution of its wholly-owned subsidiary A & B II, Inc., renamed Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. (“New A&B”) effective June 29, 2012, by distributing all of Holdings outstanding common stock in New A&B to Holdings’ shareholders (the “New A&B Distribution”) and Holding was renamed Matson, Inc.  As plan sponsor prior to the date of the New A&B Distribution, Holdings adopted the amended, renamed and restated Matson, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors effective as of the date of the New A&B Distribution.

 

1.             Amount Which May Be Deferred.  An Outside Director may elect to defer all or a portion of his fees in accordance with the options set forth on the applicable deferral election form, a copy of which shall be provided by the Plan Administrator.  For purposes of this Plan, the “Plan Administrator” shall be the Administrative Committee appointed by Matson’s Board of Directors or such other committee or persons appointed by Matson’s Board of Directors from time to time to administer the Plan.

 

2.             Period of Deferral.  All deferrals shall be until the Outside Director experiences a Separation from Service.  For purposes of this Plan, “Separation from Service” shall mean termination of service with Matson as described in section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the regulations promulgated thereunder.  Once specified, the date(s) for payment of deferred fees may not be changed.

 

3.             Election to Defer.  Election to defer may be made within 30 days following the date an individual first becomes an Outside Director of Matson or thereafter in December of each year.  In December of each year, the Plan Administrator will send to each Outside Director a deferral election form.  Elections to defer shall be irrevocable on the first day of the calendar year following the year in which the election was made.  For an election to be effective for any calendar year, the form must be executed by the Outside Director, returned to Matson, and accepted and approved by the Plan Administrator before the beginning of the calendar year for which the election is to be effective.  Such election shall be effective and irrevocable on January 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Plan Administrator accepts and approves the Outside Director’s executed election form.  Any election will apply to

 



 

subsequent calendar years until the Outside Director provides the Plan Administrator with a notice to modify or revoke the election.  Such notice to modify or revoke the election will become irrevocable and effective on the January 1 following the year in which it was made.  Notice of modification or revocation of an election must be submitted in writing, and may be submitted to the Plan Administrator at any time.

 

4.             Payout of Deferred Fees.  Except as provided otherwise in this paragraph, deferred fees will be paid to Outside Directors in accordance with the schedule of payments specified in the deferral election form.  Payments will be made in January of the year in which payments are scheduled.  If an Outside Director does not make any election with respect to the form of a payment, then such payment shall be payable in a lump sum in the January following his Separation from Service.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, as defined hereafter, the Plan shall automatically terminate, and the present value of the benefit to which each Outside Director is entitled shall be paid to the Outside Director in a single lump sum within thirty (30) days following the Change in Control.  The Plan Administrator retains the sole discretion to determine when during the 30-day period the payment will be made.  For purposes of this Plan, a “Change in Control” means a “change of control” of Matson as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

5.             Interest on Account Balance.  Deferred fees will be credited with interest, compounded annually, at a per annum rate equal to 1% above the New York Federal Reserve Bank discount rate in effect on December 31 of each calendar year.

 

6.             Funding the Deferral Account.  Deferred fee accounts will not be funded.  The accounts will be maintained by Matson only as book accounts, and no trust account, fiduciary relationship, or other security arrangement will be established, other than, at the option of Matson, an escrow account the amounts in which remain subject to the claims of Matson’s general creditors in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy.  Because this Plan is unfunded, the Outside Directors must rely solely on the general credit of Matson for payment of deferred fees.  However, Matson in its sole discretion may establish and maintain a “rabbi” trust, which shall be a trust in which the Company may deposit amounts determined under the Plan.  Any “rabbi” trust assets are subject to the claims of Matson’s creditors in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency, until paid to the Outside Directors and their beneficiaries.  The “rabbi” trust shall constitute an unfunded arrangement providing deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly compensated employees for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).

 

7.             Designation of Beneficiaries.  Each participating Outside Director may file with the Plan Administrator a written designation of one or more primary beneficiaries and one or more contingent beneficiaries to whom payments otherwise due to the Outside Director at the date of his death shall be made after the death of the Outside Director.  Such payments will be made in such amounts and at such times as would have been made to the Outside Director had he lived.  The written designation must be received by the Plan Administrator prior to the death of the Outside Director.  A beneficiary may not, under any circumstances, change the time and form

 

2



 

of the payments.  Such payments will be divided among the primary beneficiaries who survive the Outside Director in such proportion as directed in the written designation.  If no primary beneficiary survives the Outside Director, such payment will be divided among the contingent beneficiaries who survive the Outside Director in such proportion as directed in the written designation.  If no primary or contingent beneficiary survives the Outside Director or is designated by the Outside Director, such payments will be made to the estate of the Outside Director.  At the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Matson Board of Directors, payments to the estate of the Outside Director may be made in a lump-sum equal to the full amount of the Outside Director’s deferred fee account; provided, however, that such payment will not be made later than 90 days following the Outside Director’s death. The Plan Administrator retains the sole discretion to determine when during the 90-day period the payment will be made.

 

8.             Miscellaneous.

 

A.            Inalienability.  No Outside Director or beneficiary, or any other person having or claiming to have any interest of any kind or character in or under this Plan or in any of the deferred fees or any part thereof or payment therefrom shall have the right to sell, assign, transfer, convey, hypothecate, anticipate, pledge or otherwise dispose of such interest; and to the extent permitted by law, such interest shall not be subject to any liabilities or obligations of the Outside Director or to any bankruptcy proceedings, creditor claims, attachment, garnishments, execution, levy or other legal process against such Outside Director or his property.

 

B.            Controlling Law.  This Plan shall be construed, administered, and governed in all respects in accordance with the laws of the State of Hawaii.  The Plan shall also be construed in a manner that is consistent and compliant with Section 409A of the Code, and any regulations promulgated thereunder.  Any provision that is noncompliant with Section 409A of the Code is void or deemed amended to comply with Section 409A of the Code.  Matson does not guarantee or warrant the tax consequences of the Plan, and the Outside Directors shall in all cases be liable for any taxes due with respect to the Plan.

 

C.            No Service Contract.  The adoption and maintenance of this Plan shall not be deemed to confer on any Outside Director any right to continue in the service of the Company, and shall not be deemed to interfere with the right of the Company to terminate the service of any Outside Director.

 

D.            Binding Agreement.  This Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns, and the Outside Directors and their beneficiaries, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.

 

E.            Gender and Number.  Any masculine pronouns used herein shall refer to both men and women, and the use of any term herein in the singular may also include the plural unless otherwise indicated by context.

 

3



 

F.             Severability.  If any provision of this Plan is held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, all remaining provisions shall continue to be fully effective.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Matson, Inc. has caused this plan to be executed and its seal to be affixed hereunder by its officers thereunto duly authorized, effective as of June 29, 2012.

 

 

 

MATSON, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Its

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Its

 

4


Exhibit 10.44

 

MATSON, INC.

RETIREMENT PLAN FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS

Amended, Renamed and Restated Effective June 29, 2012

 

ARTICLE I

 

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

 

1.01.       Establishment of Plan.  Pursuant to a corporate reorganization, Alexander & Baldwin, Inc., a Hawaii corporation incorporated in 1900 (“A&B”) became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Alexander & Baldwin Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”) and Holdings assumed all the liabilities under the A&B Retirement Plan for Outside Directors (the “Prior Plan”).  On the Distribution Date (as defined below), Holdings effected a spin-off distribution of A & B II, Inc. (renamed Alexander & Baldwin, Inc., a Hawaii corporation incorporated in 2012 (“New A&B”)) by distributing all of Holdings’ outstanding common stock in New A&B to Holdings’ shareholders.  At that time, Holdings was renamed Matson, Inc. (the “Company”) and New A&B assumed that portion of the liabilities under the Prior Plan attributable to “New A&B Participants” (as defined in the Employee Matters Agreement by and between the Company and New A&B dated as of June 8, 2012).  As plan sponsor, Holdings has adopted the amended, renamed and restated Matson, Inc. Retirement Plan for Outside Directors (the “Plan”).  The Prior Plan was originally established effective January 1, 1986, and the Prior Plan was amended to freeze eligibility effective December 31, 2002, to freeze benefit accruals as of December 31, 2004, and to discontinue health insurance coverage after June 30, 2005.

 

1.02.       Purpose of Plan.  It is the purpose of this Plan to provide eligible Directors with (a) retirement income benefits, and (b) certain post-retirement health care insurance benefits for themselves and their eligible spouses at group premium rates.  The Plan is intended to be exempt from the participation, vesting, funding and fiduciary requirements of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 because it does not cover any “employee” within the meaning of Section 3(6) of such Act.

 

Notwithstanding any Plan provision to the contrary, the Plan as amended, renamed and restated effective June 29, 2012, is frozen with respect to eligibility and all benefit accruals and no longer provides post-retirement health insurance coverage under the Plan.  Matson intends to maintain the Plan as a nonqualified deferred compensation plan until all benefits under the Plan have been paid, provided such benefits are payable under the Plan’s terms, as amended.

 

ARTICLE II

 

DEFINITIONS

 

2.00.       “Actuarial Equivalent” means a form of benefit differing in time period, or manner of payment from a specified benefit provided in the Plan, but having the same present value when determined in accordance with generally accepted actuarial practice and the rules contained in Appendix A of this Plan.

 

2.01.                     “Administrator” means the person described in Section 7.01.

 

1



 

2.02.       “Beneficiary” means the person or persons designated by the Participant as such in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.03 and to whom the benefit, if any, provided for in Section 4.03 is payable.

 

2.03.                     “Director” means a member of the Board of Directors of Matson.

 

2.04.       “Distribution Date” shall mean June 29, 2012, or such later date as Holdings distributes its interest in New A&B to Holdings’ shareholders.

 

2.05.       “Final Retainer” means the annual rate of cash retainer payable to an Outside Director as of the earlier of the last date served as an Outside Director or December 31, 2004.

 

2.06.       “Fixed Dollar Amount” for each Participant shall be the amount shown on Exhibit A for the area in which the Participant resides as of the date the Participant commences health care insurance coverage under Section 5.02.

 

2.07.       “Matson” means Matson, Inc., or any successor.

 

2.08.       “Outside Director” means a Director who (a) was an “Outside Director” under the Prior Plan and (b) is not an employee of Matson or any subsidiary of Matson.

 

2.09.       “Participant” means an Outside Director who is eligible to participate in the Plan under the conditions of Section 3.01.

 

2.10.       “Plan” means the plan set forth in this document, as amended from time to time.

 

2.11.       “Retirement Benefits” means the Retirement Income Benefits described in Article IV and the Health Care Benefits described in Article V.

 

2.12.       “Retirement Date” means the later of the date the Participant ceases to be a Director and the date the Participant attains age 65; provided, however, that in no event shall a Participant’s Retirement Date be later than the date of the first annual meeting of the shareholders of Matson occurring after the Participant attains age 72.

 

2.13.       “Retirement Income” means fifty percent (50%) of the Participant’s Final Retainer plus ten percent (10%) of the Participant’s Final Retainer for each Year of Service in excess of five (5), but not in excess of one hundred percent (100%) of the Participant’s Final Retainer after ten (10) Years of Service.

 

2.14.       “Retirement Income Benefit” means the benefit defined in Section 4.02

 

2.15.       “Spouse” means any individual who is legally married to a Participant, except an individual separated from the Participant under a legal separation decree.

 

2.16.       “Years of Service” means a 365-day period (or a fraction thereof) as an Outside Director, whether or not consecutive, provided that no full or partial Years of Service shall be credited for periods after December 31, 2004.

 

2



 

ARTICLE III

 

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

 

3.01.       Eligibility.  A “Holdings Participant” (as defined in the Employee Matters Agreement described in Section 1.01) who accrued a benefit under the Prior Plan shall be eligible for the Retirement Benefits under this Plan, as follows:

 

(a)           He or she shall be eligible for Retirement Income Benefits under Article IV if he or she has at least five (5) Years of Service.

 

(b)           Prior to July 1, 2005, he or she shall be eligible for health care insurance coverage under Article V if he or she has at least ten (10) Years of Service, retires on or after January 1, 1992, and enrolls in Medicare Part B coverage upon reaching age sixty-five (65).

 

(c)           Notwithstanding any Plan provisions to the contrary, all health care insurance coverage under the Plan for all Outside Directors shall cease after June 30, 2005.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

RETIREMENT INCOME BENEFIT

 

4.01.       Retirement.  A Participant shall be entitled to the Retirement Income Benefit described in Section 4.02 upon the Participant’s Retirement Date.  The Retirement Income Benefit shall be paid within thirty days of the Participant’s Retirement Date.

 

4.02.       Retirement Income Benefit.  A Participant’s Retirement Income Benefit shall be a lump sum payment which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant’s Retirement Income paid one twelfth monthly for the life of the Participant with the first payment commencing on the Participant’s Retirement Date.

 

4.03        Death Benefit.  In the event that a Participant dies prior to his/her Retirement Date, such Participant’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to a death benefit determined as of the day immediately prior to Participant’s death equal to a lump sum payment which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant’s Retirement Income paid one twelfth monthly for the life of the Participant with the first payment commencing on the later of the date the Participant attains age 65 and the date of the Participant’s death.

 

Payment of this death benefit shall be made in a lump sum payment to the Beneficiary within thirty days after the death of the Participant.  Each Participant shall, at the time he/she becomes a Participant, designate one or more persons as his/her Beneficiary for purposes of this Section 4.03.  The designation shall be made in the form prescribed by the Administrator and shall become effective when filed with the Administrator.  To be effective, the beneficiary designation must be received by the Plan Administrator prior to the date of the Participant’s death.  A Participant may from time to time change his/her Beneficiary by filing a new designation form with the Administrator.  Should the Participant die without having any effectively-designated surviving Beneficiary, then the Beneficiary shall be the spouse of the Participant, if then living.  If there is no surviving spouse, then the Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s

 

3



 

children, then living.  If there are no living children, then the Beneficiary shall be the estate of the Participant.

 

4.04.       Vesting.  All Retirement Benefits payable under this Plan shall be fully vested at all times.

 

ARTICLE V

 

HEALTH CARE BENEFITS

 

5.01.       Benefit Level.  A Participant who is eligible under Section 3.01(b) shall have the right to elect health care insurance coverage for himself or herself and for his or her Spouse. The amount paid by Matson toward the cost of premiums on behalf of the Participant shall be a percentage of the Fixed Dollar Amount based on the Participant’s Years of Service in accordance with the following schedule:

 

 

 

Percentage of

 

Years of Service

 

Fixed Dollar Amount

 

 

 

 

 

less than 10

 

(not eligible)

 

10

 

50

%

11

 

60

%

12

 

70

%

13

 

80

%

14

 

90

%

15 or more

 

100

%

 

A Participant who elects to obtain health care insurance coverage for himself/herself in accordance with Section 5.04 shall have the right to elect health care insurance coverage for his or her Spouse through the same health care provider, provided the Participant or Spouse pays the full cost of the additional premiums for such Spouse’s coverage and provided further that the Spouse elects Medicare Part B coverage upon reaching age sixty-five (65).

 

5.02.       Coverage and Payment Conditions.  Health care insurance coverage for a Participant who has made the required election under Section 5.04 shall begin on the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the later of (a) the date the Participant attains age 65, or (b) the date the Participant ceases to be an Outside Director. If the Participant elects coverage for his or her Spouse, then such Spouse’s coverage shall begin on the later of (i) the date the Spouse attains age 65, or (ii) the date the Participant’s applicable coverage begins.  A Participant’s health care insurance coverage shall continue until the earlier of the Participant’s death or the date upon which the Participant ceases to pay any required premiums.  Health care insurance coverage for the Participant’s Spouse shall continue until the earlier of (i) the death of the covered Spouse, or (ii) the date on which the Participant or the Participant’s Spouse fails to pay the required premiums.

 

Notwithstanding any Plan provisions to the contrary, no health care insurance coverage shall be provided after June 30, 2005.

 

4



 

5.03.       Income Tax Offset Benefit.  In an effort to offset approximately the Federal and State income taxes payable by reason of the payments of health care insurance premiums herein by Matson, a Participant who elects coverage under Section 5.01 shall also receive a lump sum, payable annually, equal to sixty-five percent (65%) of the portion of annual premiums paid by Matson.

 

5.04.       Required Elections.  Each Participant shall have the right to elect to obtain health care insurance coverage through one or more health care provider(s) selected by Matson.  Details of each of the health care insurance coverages depend on the health care provider(s) selected and may vary from year to year.  A Participant’s election to obtain health care insurance coverage under this Plan, whether for himself or herself or for the Participant and his or her Spouse, shall be made in writing in the manner prescribed by the Administrator.  Such election must be made not later than forty-five (45) days following the Participant’s applicable benefit commencement date under Section 5.02.  If the Participant fails to make such election as required herein, he or she shall be deemed to have waived health care benefits under the Plan.  If the Participant fails to pay any required premiums, whether for himself or herself or for his or her Spouse, such Participant or Spouse coverage, as applicable, shall be terminated.

 

5.05.       Funding Policy.  Matson retains the right to enter into contracts with one or more health care providers to provide any health care benefits under this Plan and to replace such providers at any time.  Overages will be in the form of Medicare supplements and may vary from year to year at Matson’s sole discretion.  Overages provided under this Plan are secondary to Medicare and to benefits provided through any other plans.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

PAYMENTS FROM THE PLAN

 

6.01.       Source of Payments.  All benefits payable under this Plan shall be paid in cash from the general funds of Matson, and no trust account, escrow, fiduciary relationship, or other security arrangement shall be established to assure payment other than, at the option of Matson, an escrow account the amounts in which remain subject to the claims of Matson’s general creditors in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy.

 

6.02.       No Other Benefits.  Except as provided in Section 4.03, there are no death benefits under the Plan, and no benefits are provided under this Plan to anyone other than a Participant and, in the case of health care insurance coverage, an eligible Spouse.

 

6.03.       Inalienability.  No Participant or beneficiary, or any other person having or claiming to have any interest of any kind or character in or under this Plan or in any of the deferred accounts or any part thereof or payment therefrom shall have the right to sell, assign, transfer, convey, hypothecate, anticipate, pledge or otherwise dispose of such interest; and to the extent permitted by law, such interest shall not be subject to any liabilities or obligations of the participant or to any bankruptcy proceedings, creditor claims, attachment, garnishments, execution, levy or other legal process against such Participant or his/her property.

 

5



 

ARTICLE VII

 

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

7.01.       Administrator.  The Administrative Committee appointed by the Board of Directors of Matson, or such other committee as is appointed by the Board of Directors of Matson from time to time, shall be the Administrator of this Plan.  The Administrator shall have full authority to administer the Plan.  The Administrator shall have all of the powers granted by the Retirement Plan for Employees of Matson to the Administrator of such Plan, and shall be subject to the same procedures and limitations of authority.

 

7.02.       Claims Procedure.  The Administrator shall employ the claim procedures as are applicable under the Retirement Plan for Employees of Matson.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

8.01.       The Board of Directors of Matson reserves the right to amend, modify, partially terminate, or completely terminate this Plan.  However, no amendment, modification or termination shall reduce retroactively the benefits of any Participant under this Plan below the level to which the Participant would have been entitled if the Participant had ceased to be a Director on the date of such amendment, modification or termination.

 

8.02.       Change In Control.  Upon the occurrence of a “Change In Control,” as defined hereafter, the Plan shall immediately and automatically terminate.  Upon such a termination, the interest of each Participant shall become due and payable as described in sections 8.02(a) and 8.02(b) below; provided, however, that, if the terms of the Change In Control provide, as a prerequisite to the consummation of the Change In Control, that Matson’s responsibilities under this Plan are to be assumed by the successor organization, then the Plan shall not terminate and no lump-sum payment shall be made to any Participant.  For purposes of this provision, a “Change In Control” shall mean a change in control of Matson of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), whether or not Matson in fact is required to comply with Regulation 14A thereunder; provided that, without limitation, such a change in control shall be deemed to have occurred if:

 

(i)            any “person” (defined, for purposes of this Section 8.02, as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the 1934 Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (defined, for purposes of this Section 8.02, as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Matson representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of Matson’s then outstanding securities;

 

(ii)           at least a majority of the Board of Directors of Matson ceases to consist of (a) individuals who have served continuously on the Board of Directors of Matson since June 29, 2012 and (b) new directors (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of Matson) whose election, or nomination for election by Matson’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who shall at that time have served continuously on the Board of Directors of Matson since the Distribution Date or whose election or nomination was previously so approved;

 

6



 

(iii)          there is consummated a merger or consolidation of Matson or any direct or indirect subsidiary of Matson with any other entity, other than (a) a merger or consolidation immediately following which the individuals who comprise the Board of Directors of Matson immediately prior thereto constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of Matson, the entity surviving such merger or consolidation or any parent thereof or (b) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of Matson (or similar transaction) in which no person is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of Matson (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such person any securities acquired directly from Matson or its affiliates) representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of Matson’s then outstanding securities; or

 

(iv)          the stockholders of Matson approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of Matson or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by Matson of all or substantially all of Matson’s assets, other than a sale or disposition by Matson of all or substantially all of Matson’s assets to an entity at least a majority of the board of directors of which or of any parent thereof is comprised of individuals who comprised the Board of Directors of Matson immediately prior to such sale or disposition.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change In Control of Matson shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the holders of the common stock of Matson immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of Matson immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

 

(a)           Retirement Income Benefits.  Upon a Plan termination resulting from a Change In Control, each Participant shall be paid his or her Retirement Income Benefit within thirty (30) days of such termination.  The Retirement Income Benefit shall be calculated as indicated in Section 4.02., and further provided that it shall (i) be based on Years of Service determined as of the date the Change In Control occurs and (ii) determined as though the Participant ceased to be a Director as of the date of such Plan termination.

 

(b)           Health Care Benefits. Upon a Plan termination resulting from a Change In Control, the successor organization shall continue to provide Health Care Benefits under Article V to the following Outside Directors:  (i) Outside Directors who were Outside Directors immediately prior to the Change In Control, beginning with the applicable starting date under Section 5.02, and (ii) Outside Directors for whom health care insurance coverage under the Plan had commenced prior to the Change In Control.  The Health Care Benefits payable to the foregoing Outside Directors shall be no less than the applicable percentages of the Fixed Dollar Amount under Section 5.01 under the terms of the Plan that existed immediately prior to the Change In Control, plus the income tax offset benefits described in Section 5.03.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Matson, Inc. has caused this Amended, Renamed and Restated Plan to be executed on its behalf by its duly authorized officers this day of June, 2012.

 

 

 

 

MATSON, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Its

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Its

 

7



 

APPENDIX A

 

Rules For Determining Lump Sum Benefits

 

When the terms of this Plan require the determination of a lump sum payment which is the Actuarial Equivalent of any other benefit provided by this Plan, the following rules shall apply to the calculation of such lump sum payment:

 

1.                                      The mortality table used shall be the mortality table then in use by the Retirement Plan for Employees of Matson the purpose of determining lump sum payments to participants of such plan who are entitled to such payments.

 

2.                                      The discount rate shall be the after-tax equivalent of the discount rate then in use by the Retirement Plan for Employees of Matson for the purpose of determining lump sum payments to participants of such plan who are entitled to such payments.  The after-tax equivalent rate shall be determined by multiplying the discount rate in use by the Retirement Plan for Employees of Matson by the excess of 100% over the tax effected marginal tax rate declared by the Committee.

 

3.                                    The Committee shall declare the tax effected marginal tax rate at the beginning of each calendar year.

 

4.                                    The effective marginal tax rate shall apply to lump sum payments made at any time during such calendar year and may not be changed during the year.

 

8



 

EXHIBIT “A”

 

 

 

Fixed Dollar Amount

 

 

 

Hawaii*

 

Outside Hawaii*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Under age 65

 

$

135.80

 

$

324.69

 

Age 65 and Over

 

100.31

 

134.92

 

 


*/  If a Participant receiving benefits changes residence between Hawaii and any other area, the Company may in its discretion switch benefit coverage to insurer(s) in the new area of residence and make the applicable adjustment in the Fixed Dollar Amount.

 

9


Exhibit 10.45

 

Form of Letter Agreement

 

PRIVILEGED AND CONFIDENTIAL

 

[Name]
[Address]

 

Dear                                 :

 

WHEREAS, Alexander & Baldwin Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) has entered into a Separation and Distribution Agreement (the “Separation Agreement”) with Alexander & Baldwin, Inc., a Hawaii corporation (“A&B, Inc.”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Separation Agreement and as of the Distribution Date (as such term is defined in the Separation Agreement), the Company has separated into two independent publicly traded companies: (a) the Company which, following consummation of the transactions contemplated in the Separation Agreement, owns and conducts the Matson Businesses (as such term is defined in the Separation Agreement) under the name “Matson, Inc.”, and (b) A&B, Inc. which, following consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement, owns and conducts the A&B Businesses (as such term is defined in the Separation Agreement) under the name “Alexander & Baldwin, Inc.”;

 

WHEREAS, the Company considers it essential to the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to encourage the continued employment of key management personnel;

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) recognizes that, as is the case with many publicly-held corporations, the possibility of a change in control of the Company may exist and that such possibility, and the uncertainty and questions which it may raise among management, may result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of the Company and its shareholders;

 

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that appropriate steps should be taken to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the Company’s top management, including you, to their assigned duties without distraction in the face of the potentially disturbing circumstances arising from the possibility of a change in control of the Company[; and

 

B-1



 

WHEREAS, you are a party to that certain agreement effective as of January 1, 2009, as amended (the “Existing Agreement”)].(1)

 

NOW, THEREFORE, to persuade you to remain in the employ of the Company and in consideration of your agreement set forth in Section 2(b) hereof, effective as of the Distribution Date, the Company agrees that you will receive the severance benefits set forth in this letter agreement (the “Agreement”) in the event your employment with the Company is terminated subsequent to a “change in control of the Company” (as defined in Section 2(a) hereof) under the circumstances described in Section 3 below.  [This Agreement shall replace and supersede the Existing Agreement in its entirety.](2)

 

If you are or become an officer of a subsidiary of the Company, whether or not you are also an employee of the Company, any reference herein to your employment by the Company shall be deemed to include such subsidiary.

 

1.             Term and Operation of Agreement. This Agreement shall commence on the effective date hereof and shall continue in effect through December 31, 2013; provided, however, that commencing on January 1, 2013 and each January 1 thereafter, the term of this Agreement shall automatically be extended for one additional year unless not later than December 1 of the preceding year, the Company shall have given notice that it does not wish to extend this Agreement; and provided, further, that notwithstanding any such notice by the Company not to extend, this Agreement shall continue in effect for a period of twenty-four (24) months beyond the term provided herein if a “change in control of the Company” (as defined in Section 2(a) hereof) shall have occurred during such term.

 

2.             Change in Control. (a) For purposes of this Agreement, a “change in control of the Company” shall mean a “Change in Control Event” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder (the “Code”).

 

(b)           For purposes of this Agreement, a “potential change in control of the Company” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) the Company enters into an agreement the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a change in control of the Company; (ii) any “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including the Company) publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions which if consummated would constitute a change in control of the Company;

 


(1)           To be included for those Holdings employees with existing agreements.

(2)           To be included for those Holdings employees with existing agreements.

 



 

(iii) any person becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or (iv) the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that a potential change in control of the Company for purposes of this Agreement has occurred. You agree that, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in the event of a potential change in control of the Company, you will remain in the employ of the Company until the earliest of (i) a date which is six (6) months from the occurrence of such potential change in control of the Company, (ii) the termination of your employment by reason of Disability or Retirement, as defined in Subsection 3(i) hereof, or (iii) the occurrence of a change in control of the Company.

 

3.             Termination Following Change in Control. If a change in control of the Company shall have occurred, you shall be entitled to the benefits provided in Section 4 hereof upon the subsequent termination of your employment during the term of this Agreement unless such termination is (a) because of your death, (b) by the Company for Cause or Disability or (c) by you other than for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, your employment shall be deemed to have been terminated following a change in control of the Company by the Company without Cause or by you with Good Reason, if (i) your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause prior to a change in control of the Company (whether or not a change in control of the Company ever occurs) and such termination was at the request or direction of a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company the consummation of which would constitute a change in control of the Company, (ii) you terminate your employment for Good Reason prior to a change in control of the Company (whether or not a change in control of the Company ever occurs) and the circumstance or event which constitutes Good Reason occurs at the request or direction of such person, or (iii) your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by you for Good Reason and such termination or the circumstance or event which constitutes Good Reason is otherwise in connection with or in anticipation of a change in control of the Company (whether or not a change in control of the Company ever occurs).

 

(i)            Disability; Retirement. Termination by the Company of your employment based on “Disability” shall mean termination because of your absence from your duties with the Company on a full-time basis for six consecutive months, as a result of your incapacity due to physical or mental illness, unless within 30 days after Notice of Termination (as hereinafter defined) is given following such absence you shall have returned to the full-time performance of your duties. Termination by you of your

 



 

employment based on “Retirement” shall mean termination in accordance with the Company’s retirement policy, including early retirement, generally applicable to its salaried employees.

 

(ii)           Cause. Termination by the Company of your employment for “Cause” shall mean termination upon (A) the willful and continued failure by you substantially to perform your duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from your incapacity due to physical or mental illness or such actual or anticipated failure resulting from your termination for Good Reason), after a demand for substantial performance is delivered to you by the Board which specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes that you have not substantially performed your duties, or (B) the willful engaging by you in conduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise. For purposes of this paragraph, no act, or failure to act, on your part shall be considered “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by you not in good faith and without reasonable belief that your action or omission was in the best interest of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to you a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to you and an opportunity for you, together with your counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board you were guilty of conduct set forth above in clauses (A) or (B) of the first sentence of this paragraph and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

 

(iii)          Good Reason. You shall be entitled to terminate your employment for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean, without your express written consent, any of the following occurring subsequent to a change in control of the Company or prior to a change in control of the Company under the circumstances described in clauses (ii) and (iii) of the second sentence of Section 3 hereof (treating all references in paragraphs (A) through (G) below to a “change in control of the Company” as references to a “potential change in control of the Company”), unless, in the case of any act or failure to act described in paragraph (A), (D), (E) or (G) below, such act or failure to act is corrected prior to the Date of Termination specified in the Notice of Termination given in respect thereof:

 

(A)          the assignment to you of any duties inconsistent with your position, duties and status with the Company immediately prior to a change in control of the Company; a

 



 

substantial alteration in the nature or status of your responsibilities from those in effect immediately prior to a change in control of the Company; the failure to provide you with substantially the same perquisites which you had immediately prior to a change in control of the Company, including but not limited to an office and appropriate support services; or a change in your titles or offices as in effect immediately prior to a change in control of the Company, or any removal of you from or any failure to reelect you to any of such positions;

 

(B)          a reduction by the Company in your base salary as in effect on the effective date of this Agreement or as the same may be increased from time to time;

 

(C)          the Company’s requiring you to be based anywhere other than the metropolitan area in which your office is located immediately prior to a change in control of the Company, except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with your present business travel obligations;

 

(D)          the failure by the Company to continue in effect any stock option or other equity-based plan in which you were participating, or in which you were entitled to participate, immediately prior to a change in control of the Company, unless an equitable arrangement (embodied in an ongoing substitute or alternative plan) has been made with respect to such plan; or the failure by the Company to continue your participation therein (or in such substitute or alternative plan) on a substantially equivalent basis, both in terms of the amount or timing of payment of benefits provided and the level of your participation relative to other participants, as existed immediately prior to the change in control of the Company.

 

(E)           the failure by the Company to continue in effect any benefit, pension or compensation plan, employee stock ownership plan, savings and profit sharing plan, life insurance plan, medical insurance plan or health-and-accident plan in which you are participating, or in which you are entitled to participate, immediately prior to a change in control of the Company (the “Company Plans”), unless an equitable arrangement (embodied in an ongoing substitute or alternative plan) has been made with respect to such plan; or the failure by the Company to continue your participation therein (or in such substitute or alternative plan) on a substantially equivalent basis, both in terms of the amount or timing of payment of benefits provided and the

 



 

level of your participation relative to other participants, as existed immediately prior to the change in control of the Company; or the failure by the Company to provide you with the number of paid vacation days to which you are entitled on the basis of years of service with the Company in accordance with the Company’s normal vacation policy immediately prior to a change in control of the Company;

 

(F)           the failure by the Company to obtain the assumption of this agreement to as contemplated in Section 5 hereof, prior to the effectiveness of any succession; or

 

(G)          any purported termination of your employment by the Company which is not effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination satisfying the requirements of paragraph (iv) below (and, if applicable, paragraph (ii) above); and for purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination shall be effective.

 

Your right to terminate your employment pursuant to this paragraph shall not be affected by your incapacity due to physical or mental illness, and your right to terminate your employment pursuant to this paragraph shall not be limited by your agreement contained in Section 2(b) hereof. Your continued employment shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any act or failure to act constituting Good Reason hereunder.

 

(iv)          Notice of Termination. Any purported termination by the Company pursuant to paragraph (i) or (ii) above or by you pursuant to paragraph (iii) above shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 6 hereof. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of your employment under the provision so indicated.

 

(v)           Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” shall mean (A) if your employment is terminated for Disability, 30 days after Notice of Termination is given (provided that you shall not have returned to the performance of your duties on a full-time basis during such 30-day period), and (B) if your employment is terminated pursuant to paragraphs (ii) or (iii) above or for any other reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination (which, in the case of a termination pursuant to paragraph (ii) above shall not be less than 30 days, and in the case of a termination pursuant to paragraph (iii) above shall not be

 



 

less than 30 days, nor more than 60 days, from the date such Notice of Termination is given); provided that if within 30 days after any Notice of Termination is given the party receiving such Notice of Termination notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the termination, the Date of Termination shall be the date on which the dispute is finally determined, either by mutual written agreement of the parties, by a binding and final arbitration award or by a final judgment, order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction (the time for appeal therefrom having expired and no appeal having been perfected); and provided further that the Date of Termination shall be extended by a notice of dispute given by you only if such notice is given in good faith and you pursue the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence.

 

4.             Compensation Upon Termination or During Disability.

 

(a)           During any period that you fail to perform your duties hereunder as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness, you shall continue to receive your full base salary at the rate then in effect and all compensation and benefits payable under all compensation, benefit and insurance plans until this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 3(i) hereof. Thereafter, your benefits shall be determined in accordance with the Company’s long-term disability plan or other insurance programs then in effect and the Company Plans.

 

(b)           If your employment shall be terminated for Cause, the Company shall pay you your full base salary through the Date of Termination at the rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given and the Company shall have no further obligation to you under this Agreement.

 

(c)           If your employment by the Company shall be terminated by the Company other than for Cause or Disability or by you for Good Reason, then you shall be entitled to the benefits provided below:

 

(i)            the Company shall pay you your full base salary through the Date of Termination at the rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given; or, if higher, the rate in effect immediately prior to the first occurrence of an event or circumstance constituting Good Reason, together with all compensation and benefits payable to you through the Date of Termination under the terms of the Company’s compensation, benefit and insurance plans, programs or arrangements as in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination or, if more favorable to you, as in effect immediately prior to the first occurrence of an event or circumstance constituting Good Reason;

 

(ii)           in lieu of any further salary payments to you for periods subsequent to the Date of Termination, the Company shall pay as severance pay to you, not later than the fifth day following the

 



 

Date of Termination, a lump sum severance payment (together with the payments provided in Subsections 4(c) (iii), (iv), (v), and (vii) the “Severance Payments”) equal to two times the sum of (A) your annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination or, if higher, in effect immediately prior to the first occurrence of an event or circumstance constituting Good Reason, and (B) your target annual bonus under any annual bonus or incentive plan maintained by the Company in respect of the fiscal year in which occurs the Date of Termination or, if higher, the fiscal year in which occurs the first event or circumstance constituting Good Reason;

 

(iii)          notwithstanding any provision of any deferred compensation plans in which you participate other than any restricted stock unit or similar awards (the “Deferred Compensation Plans”), the Company shall pay you in one sum in cash not later than the fifth day following the Date of Termination, the sum of all amounts to which you are entitled under the Deferred Compensation Plans whether upon termination of your employment or otherwise, provided that in determining the amounts to which you are entitled under the A&B Excess Benefits Plan (the “Excess Plan”), the A&B Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan and the A&B Executive Survivor/Retirement Benefit Plan (the “Executive Survivor Plan”) the provisions of said plans relating to a change in control shall be applied on the basis that the change in control of the Company did not provide as a prerequisite to the consummation of the change in control that the employer responsibilities under said plans are to be assumed by the successor organization;

 

(iv)          notwithstanding any provision of any annual or long term incentive plan to the contrary, the Company shall pay to you in one sum in cash not later than the fifth day following the Date of Termination, an amount equal to the sum of (A) any incentive compensation which has been awarded or allocated for any completed fiscal year or other measuring period preceding that in which the Date of Termination occurs but has not yet been paid, and (B) a pro rata portion of the aggregate value of all contingent awards to you for all uncompleted periods under such plans calculated by multiplying for each such award, (1) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of full months elapsed during the period for such award prior to the Date of Termination, and the denominator of which shall be the total number of months contained in such period, by (2) the amount of the award which would have been payable to you following completion of such period at the “TARGET” (fully competent) level of performance as described in the plan documents and the individual objective development worksheets;

 



 

(v)           in lieu of shares of common stock, without par value, of the Company (the “Shares”) issuable upon the exercise of options (“Options”), if any, granted to you under any stock option or other plan of the Company (which Options shall be canceled upon the making of the payment referred to below), you shall receive in one sum in cash not later than the fifth day following the Date of Termination an amount equal to the product of (A) the difference (to the extent that such difference is a positive number) obtained by subtracting the per Share exercise price of each Option held by you, whether or not then fully exercisable, from the closing price of Shares, as reported on the principal national securities exchange on which the Shares are then listed or, if the Shares are not then listed on such an exchange, on the automated quotation system operated by the National Association of Security Dealers, Inc., on the Date of Termination (or the last trading date prior thereto) and (B) the number of Shares covered by each such Option;

 

(vi)          the Company shall also pay to you all legal fees and expenses incurred by you as a result of such termination (including all such fees and expenses, if any, incurred in contesting or disputing any such termination or in seeking to obtain or enforce any right or benefit provided by this Agreement or in connection with any tax audit or proceeding to the extent attributable to the application of section 4999 of the Code to any payment or benefit provided hereunder). Such payments shall be made within five (5) business days after delivery of your written requests for payment accompanied with such evidence of fees and expenses incurred as the Company reasonably may require; provided, however, that in no event shall any such payments be made later than the last day of your taxable year following the taxable year in which the fee or expense was incurred; and

 

(vii)         the Company shall reimburse you for individual outplacement counseling services in an amount not to exceed ten thousand dollars ($10,000.00); provided, however, that in no event shall any such reimbursement be made later than the last day of your 2nd taxable year following the taxable year in which the Date of Termination occurs.

 

(d)           (i)            Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, if any payments or benefits received or to be received by you in connection with a change in control of the Company (as defined in Section 2(b) hereof) or your termination of employment, whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company, any “person” (as defined in Section 2(a) hereof) whose

 



 

actions result in a change in control of the Company or any person affiliated with the Company or such person (all such payments and benefits, the “Total Payments”) would be subject (in whole or part), to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then, after taking into account any reduction in the Total Payments provided by reason of Section 280G of the Code in such other plan, arrangement or agreement, the cash Severance Payments shall first be reduced, and the non-cash Severance Payments shall thereafter be reduced, to the extent necessary so that no portion of the Total Payments is subject to the Excise Tax but only if (i) the net amount of such Total Payments, as so reduced (and after subtracting the net amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such reduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such reduced Total Payments) is greater than or equal to (ii) the net amount of such Total Payments without such reduction (but after subtracting the net amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such Total Payments and the amount of Excise Tax to which you would be subject in respect of such unreduced Total Payments and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to such unreduced Total Payments). The Total Payments shall be reduced by the Company in its reasonable discretion in the following order: (A) reduction of any cash payment, excluding any cash payment with respect to the acceleration of equity awards, that is otherwise payable to the Executive that is exempt from Section 409A of the Code, (B) reduction of any other payments or benefits otherwise payable to the Executive on a pro-rata basis or such other manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code and (C) reduction of any payment with respect to the acceleration of equity awards that is otherwise payable to the Executive that is exempt from Section 409A of the Code provided, however, that, to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code, you may elect to have the non-cash Severance Payments reduced prior to any reduction of the cash Severance Payments.

 

(ii)           For purposes of determining whether and the extent to which the Total Payments will be subject to the Excise Tax, (i) no portion of the Total Payments the receipt or enjoyment of which you shall have waived at such time and in such manner as not to constitute a “payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b) of the Code shall be taken into account, (ii) no portion of the Total Payments shall be taken into account which, in the opinion of tax counsel (“Tax Counsel”) reasonably acceptable to you and selected by the accounting firm (the “Auditor”) which was, immediately prior to the change in control of the Company, the Company’s independent auditor, does not constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code (including by reason of Section 280G(b)(4)(A) of the Code)

 



 

and, in calculating the Excise Tax, no portion of such Total Payments shall be taken into account which, in the opinion of Tax Counsel, constitutes reasonable compensation for services actually rendered, within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code, in excess of the Base Amount (as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) allocable to such reasonable compensation, and (iii) the value of any non-cash benefit or any deferred payment or benefit included in the Total Payments shall be determined by the Auditor in accordance with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code. For purposes of this Section 4(d), (1) you shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation in the calendar year in which the applicable Total Payment is to be made and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rate of taxation in the state and locality of your residence in the calendar year in which the applicable Total Payment is to made, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes, and (2) except to the extent that you otherwise notify the Company, you shall be deemed to be subject to the loss of itemized deductions and personal exemptions to the maximum extent provided by the Code for each dollar of incremental income.

 

(iii)          At the time that payments are made under this Agreement, the Company shall provide you with a written statement setting forth the manner in which such payments were calculated and the basis for such calculations including, without limitation, any opinions or other advice the Company has received from Tax Counsel, the Auditor or other advisors or consultants (and any such opinions or advice which are in writing shall be attached to the statement). If you object to the Company’s calculations, the Company shall pay you such portion of the Severance Payments (up to 100% thereof) as you determine is necessary to result in the proper application of this Section 4(d).

 

(e)           Unless you are terminated for Cause, the Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained in full force and effect, for your continued benefit, for a period of two years, all health and welfare benefit plans to include life insurance, health insurance and dental insurance, in which you participated or were entitled to participate immediately prior to the Date of Termination, provided that your continued participation is possible under the general terms and provisions of such plans and programs. In the event that your participation in any such plan or program is barred, the Company shall arrange to provide you with benefits substantially similar to those which you are entitled to receive under such plans and programs. At the end of such two-year period, you will

 



 

be entitled to take advantage of any conversion privileges applicable to the benefits available under any such plans or programs. Benefits otherwise receivable by you pursuant to this Section 4(e) shall be reduced to the extent benefits of the same type are received by or made available to you during the two-year period following your termination of employment (and any such benefits received by or made available to you shall be reported by you to the Company); provided, however, that the Company shall reimburse you for the excess, if any, of the cost of such benefits to you over such cost immediately prior to the Date of Termination or, if more favorable to you, the first occurrence of an event or circumstance constituting Good Reason. If the Severance Payments shall be decreased pursuant to Section 4(d) hereof, and the Section 4(e) benefits which remain payable after the application of Section 4(d) hereof are thereafter reduced pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, the Company shall, no later than five (5) business days following such reduction, pay to you the least of (a) the amount of the decrease made in the Severance Payments pursuant to Section 4(d) hereof, (b) the amount of the subsequent reduction in these Section 4(e) benefits, or (c) the maximum amount which can be paid to you without being, or causing any other payment to be, nondeductible by reason of Section 280G of the Code.

 

(f)            You shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Section 4 by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment provided for in this Section 4 (other than Section 4(e) hereof) be reduced by any compensation earned by you as the result of employment by another employer after the Date of Termination, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by you to the Company, or otherwise.

 

(g)           The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder (“Section 409A”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted and administered to be in compliance therewith. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, you shall not be considered to have terminated employment with the Company for purposes of this Agreement and no payments shall be due to you under this Agreement providing for payment of amounts on termination of employment unless you would be considered to have incurred a “separation from service” from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A; and for purposes of determining whether you have incurred a “separation from service” under Section 1.409A-1(h) of the regulations promulgated under Section 409A by the United States Treasury Department, “50 percent” shall be substituted for “20 percent” each place that the latter appears in Section 1.409A-1(h)(1)(ii). Each amount to be paid

 



 

or benefit to be provided under this Agreement shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A and any payments described in this Agreement that are due within the “short term deferral period” as defined in Section 409A shall not be treated as deferred compensation unless applicable law requires otherwise. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if your employment is terminated prior to a change in control of the Company in a manner described in the second sentence of Section 3, to the extent required to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, amounts payable to you hereunder, to the extent not in excess of the amount that you would have received under any other severance plan or arrangement with the Company that is not contingent on the occurrence of a change in control of the Company had such plan or arrangement been applicable, shall be paid at the time and in the manner provided by such plan or arrangement and the remainder shall be paid to you in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. To the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A, amounts that would otherwise be payable and benefits that would otherwise be provided pursuant to this Agreement during the six-month period immediately following your separation from service shall instead be paid on the first business day after the date that is six months following your separation from service (or upon your death, if earlier), together with interest calculated from the fifth (5th) day following separation from service until the date of payment, at an interest rate equal to 120% of the short-term applicable federal rate for a semi-annual compounding period under Section 1274(d) of the Code, applicable for the month in which the participant’s separation from service occurs, provided that such interest rate shall not exceed 120% of the long-term applicable federal rate under Section 1274(d) of the Code.

 

5.             Successors; Binding Agreement. (a) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to you, to, prior to such succession, expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 5 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

 



 

(b)           This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by your personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If you should die while any amount would still be payable to you hereunder if you had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to your devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there is no such designee, to your estate.

 

6.             Notice. For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth on the first page of this Agreement, provided that all notices to the Company shall be directed to the attention of the Board with a copy to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

 

7.             Miscellaneous. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by you and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the time or at any prior or subsequent time. This Agreement constitutes the sole agreement of the parties and terminates, replaces, and supersedes all previous representations, understandings, and agreements of the parties with respect to the subject matter herein, whether written or oral, express or implied, rendering such previous representations, understandings, and agreements null and void. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Hawaii.

 

8.             Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

9.             Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 



 

10.          Arbitration. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in Honolulu, Hawaii, in accordance with the rules of Dispute Prevention & Resolution, Inc. then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.

 

If this letter correctly sets forth our agreement on the subject matter hereof, kindly sign and return to the Company the enclosed copy of this letter which will then constitute our agreement on this subject, upon execution by the Company.

 

Dated this [  ] day of [  ], 2012, but effective as of the Distribution Date.

 

 

 

 

ALEXANDER & BALDWIN HOLDINGS, INC.

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

(Print Name)

 

 

 


Exhibit 10.46

 

SCHEDULE TO FORM OF AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO

WITH CERTAIN EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

Executive Officer

 

Title

Cox, M.*

 

Chief Executive Officer

Wine, J.*

 

SVP, Chief Financial Officer

O’Rourke, K.*

 

SVP, Chief Legal Officer

Hoppes, D.

 

SVP, Ocean Services

Forest, R.

 

SVP, Operations

Angoco, V.

 

SVP, Pacific & EVP, MTI

Weis, P.

 

SVP, CIO

Gonzales, Y.

 

VP, Human Resources

Rolfe, R.

 

EVP, Matson Logistics

 


* Participants in previous CIC plan

 


Exhibit 10.47

 

MATSON, INC.

EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN

 

Amended and Restated as of February 28, 2013

 

INTRODUCTION

 

The Matson, Inc. Executive Severance Plan (the “Plan”) was adopted effective as of June 29, 2012, and is hereby amended and restated effective as of February 28, 2013 (the “Effective Date”).

 

The purpose of the Plan is to retain key employees and to encourage such employees to use their best business judgment in managing the affairs of Matson, Inc. (the “Company”) and its divisions and subsidiaries.  Therefore, the Company is willing to provide the severance benefits described below to protect these employees if involuntarily terminated without cause or laid off from employment as part of a job elimination/restructuring or reduction in force.  It is further intended that this Plan will complement other compensation program components to assure a sound basis upon which the Company will retain key employees.

 

This Plan is designed to be an “employee welfare benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) and to meet the descriptive requirements of a plan constituting a “severance pay plan” within the meaning of the Department of Labor regulations published at Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Section 2510.3-2(b).  This Plan is intended to provide benefits to a select group of management or highly compensated employees from the general assets of the Company within the meaning of Department of Labor regulations published at Title 29, Code of Federal Regulatoins, Section 2520.104-24.

 

Article 1
Definitions and Exclusions

 

Whenever used in this Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings set forth below.  When the defined meaning is intended, the term is capitalized:

 

1.1          “Base Salary” means the total amount of base salary payable to the participant at the salary rate in effect on the last day of the participant’s employment with the Employer.  Base Salary does not include bonuses, reimbursed expenses, credits or benefits under any plan of deferred compensation, to which the Employer contributes, or any additional cash compensation or compensation payable in a form other than cash.

 

1.2          “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

1.3          “Cause” means termination from employment with the Employer upon:

 

1.3(a)     the willful and continued failure by the participant substantially to perform the participant’s duties with the Employer (other than any such failure resulting from the participant’s incapacity due to physical or mental Disability).  For the purposes of this subsection and subsection 1.3(b), no act, or failure to act, on the participant’s part shall be considered

 



 

“willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by the participant not in good faith and without reasonable belief by the participant that his action or omission was in the best interest of the Employer; or

 

1.3(b)     the willful engaging by the participant in conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Employer, monetarily or otherwise.

 

1.4          “Disability” shall mean that an individual is deemed to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration.

 

1.5          “Employer” shall mean the Company or the entity for whom services are performed and with respect to whom the legally binding right to compensation arises, and all entities with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or Section 414(c) of the Code; provided that in applying Section 1563(a)(1), (2), and (3) of the Code for purposes of determining a controlled group of corporations under Section 414(b) of the Code, the language “at least 50 percent” is used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place it appears in Section 1563(a)(1), (2), and (3) of the Code, and in applying Treasury Regulation § 1.414(c)-2 for purposes of determining trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) that are under common control for purposes of Section 414(c) of the Code, “at least 50 percent” is used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place it appears in Treasury Regulation § 1.414(c)-2; provided, however, “at least 20 percent” shall replace “at least 50 percent” in the preceding clause if there is a legitimate business criteria for using such lower percentage.

 

1.6          “Identification Date” means each December 31.

 

1.7          “Key Employee” means a participant who, on an Identification Date, is:

 

1.7(a)     An officer of the Company of having annual compensation greater than the compensation limit in Section 416(i)(1)(A)(i) of the Code, provided that no more than 50 officers of the Company shall be determined to be Key Employees as of the Identification Date;

 

1.7(b)     A five percent owner of the Company; or

 

1.7(c)      A one percent owner of the Company having annual compensation from the Company of more than $150,000.

 

If a participant is identified as a Key Employee on an Identification Date, then such participant shall be considered a Key Employee for purposes of the Plan during the period beginning on the first April 1 following the Identification Date and ending on the next March 31.  For purposes of this Section 1.7 only and for determining whether a participant is a Key Employee, the “Company” shall mean the Company and its affiliates that are treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, and for purposes of determining whether a participant is a Key Employee, Treasury Regulation § 1.415(c)-2(d)(4) shall be used to calculate compensation.

 

1.8          “Layoff” means the elimination of a job due to economic reasons, whether or not as part of job elimination or restructuring, or as a reduction-in-force affecting one or more

 

2



 

positions.  Layoff does not include resignation from employment or Separation from Service by reason of death, Disability, or discharge for Cause.  A participant is not considered to have been laid off, and will not be entitled to severance benefits described in Article 3, if the Plan Administrator determines, in its discretion, that either the Employer or a purchaser or other successor has offered comparable employment to the participant to commence after the participant’s Separation from Service, whether or not the participant accepts the position offered.

 

1.9          “Separation from Service” shall mean termination of employment with the Employer, other than due to death.  A participant shall be deemed to have experienced a Separation from Service if the participant’s service with the Employer is reduced to an annual rate that is less than fifty percent of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full years of employment with the Employer (or if employed by the Employer less than three years, such lesser period).

 

Article 2
Eligibility for Benefits

 

2.1          Eligibility.  To be eligible for Plan benefits, employees must serve in a job categorized as the Chief Executive Officer, Band A, or Band B under the Company’s job evaluation program.  Exceptions (additions or deletions) to the eligibility requirements can be made only by the Matson, Inc. Chief Executive Officer, with the approval of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”).

 

2.2          Benefits.  Except as provided in Section 2.3, if the participant experiences an involuntary Separation from Service without Cause or a Separation from Service because of a Layoff, the Employer shall pay to the participant the severance benefits described in Section 3.1.  (For the purposes of this section, “involuntary” means a Separation from Service that is due to the independent exercise of the unilateral authority of the Employer, other than due to the participant’s request, and where the participant was willing and able to continue to perform services.)  A participant receiving benefits under this Plan shall not be eligible for benefits under any other severance plan, policy or arrangement sponsored by the Employer.

 

2.3          Change in Control.  In the event the Employer experiences a “change in control”, as defined in section 409A of the Code and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder, and the Employer and a participant have entered into an agreement concerning a change in control of the Employer, the terms of such agreement, and not this Plan, shall govern.  In such case, no benefits shall be payable to the participant under this Plan.

 

2.4          Plan Administration.  The Administrative Committee appointed by the Board of Directors, or such other committee as may be appointed by the Board of Directors from time to time, shall serve as the Plan Administrator.  The Plan Administrator is responsible for the general administration and management of this Plan and shall have all powers and duties necessary to fulfill its responsibilities, including, but not limited to, the discretion to interpret and apply this Plan and to determine all questions relating to eligibility for benefits.  This Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with its terms and their intended meanings.  However, the Plan Administrator and all plan fiduciaries shall have the discretion to interpret or construe ambiguous, unclear, or implied (but omitted) terms in any fashion they deem to be appropriate in

 

3



 

their sole discretion, and to make any findings of fact needed in the administration of this Plan.  The validity of any such interpretation, construction, decision, or finding of fact shall not be given de novo review if challenged in court, by arbitration, or in any other forum, and shall be upheld unless clearly arbitrary or capricious.

 

Article 3
Severance Benefits

 

3.1          Type and Amount of Benefits.  If severance benefits become payable under this Plan, benefits shall consist of the following:

 

3.1(a)     Monetary Payments/Reimbursement.  The participant shall receive an amount equal to six (6) months of the participant’s Base Salary, one-twelfth of which shall be paid each month for a period of one year, beginning within 60 days following the date of the participant’s Separation from Service.  Should the participant execute (and later not revoke) a release agreement prepared by the Plan Administrator within the time period required by the Plan Administrator, the participant shall receive additional amounts as follows:  (i) an amount equal to six (6) months of the participant’s Base Salary, one-twelfth of which shall be paid each month for a period of one year, beginning within 60 days following the date of the participant’s Separation from Service; (ii) reimbursement for expenses arising from individual outplacement counseling services (in an amount not to exceed ten thousand dollars ($10,000.00)) that are incurred no later than 2 years after the date of the participant’s Separation from Service, and are reimbursed by the Employer no later than 3 years after the date of the participant’s Separation from Service; and, (iii) a pro-rated share of the bonus that otherwise would have been payable to the participant based on actual performance under the Matson, Inc. Cash Incentive Plan had the participant remained employed until the end of the applicable performance period(s) of such plan, which shall be paid in lump sum at the same time as paid to current employees.  If the participant fails to timely execute the release or revokes the release, the participant shall not be entitled to any benefit under subsection 3.1(a)(i), (ii) and (iii).  The Plan Administrator retains the sole discretion to determine when during the applicable period above the payment will be made.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, in no event shall the timing of a participant’s execution of the release, directly or indirectly, result in the participant designating the calendar year of payment, and if a payment that is subject to execution of the release could be made or begin in more than one taxable year, payment shall be made or begin in the later taxable year.

 

3.1b(i)    Benefits.  For the period that separation payments continue under subsection 3.1(a) above, or until the participant becomes employed with another employer offering any such benefits (whichever is earlier), subject to the terms of the applicable insurance policies, the Employer shall continue to pay the premiums for Basic Group Life Insurance and Basic Accidental Death & Dismemberment Insurance at the level such coverage was in effect for the participant on the date of the participant’s Separation from Service.

 

3.1b(ii)   Group Medical, Dental, Drug and Vision Coverage.  For a maximum period of twelve (12) months following Separation from Service, or until the participant becomes employed with another employer offering any such benefits (whichever is earlier), the Employer shall reimburse the participant for the amount of the premiums paid by the

 

4



 

participant for post-termination continuation coverage under the Employer’s group health insurance in accordance with the provisions of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”).  In order to receive reimbursement, the participant must submit proof of payment to the Plan Administrator within 90 days of the payment date and the Employer will remit payment for reimbursement as soon as practicable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that such reimbursement by the Employer for the above COBRA continuation coverage is discriminatory pursuant to Code Section 105(h) or Section 2716 to the Public Health Service Act, then such reimbursements shall be taxable income to the participant reportable annually on a Form W-2 or as otherwise required by applicable federal and state law.  Payment of premiums for COBRA coverage beyond twelve (12) months following Separation from Service is the sole responsibility of the participant and such payment shall not be reimbursable.

 

3.1b(iii)  Death Benefits.  If the participant dies during the severance benefit period, the severance benefits as described in Section 3.1(a) that have not yet been paid shall be paid to the participant’s designated beneficiary in a lump sum within 60 days following the participant’s death and if the designated beneficiary is entitled pursuant to COBRA to continuation coverage, then the designated beneficiary shall have the right to continued reimbursement for the remainder of the period under Section 3.1(b)(ii) for premiums paid for COBRA continuation coverage.  In order to receive reimbursement, the beneficiary must submit proof of payment to the Plan Administrator within 90 days of the payment date and the Employer will remit a check for reimbursement as soon as practicable.  Any beneficiary designation must be provided to the Plan Administrator in writing by the participant, prior to his death.

 

3.1b(iv)  Reimbursements and In-Kind Benefits.  To the extent that a right to reimbursement or an in-kind benefit under this Section 3.1 is subject to Code Section 409A, then (A) the amount eligible for reimbursement, or the in-kind benefit provided, during a participant’s taxable year may not affect the amount reimbursable, or the in-kind benefits provided, in any other taxable year; (B) any reimbursement must be made no later than the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expenses was incurred; and (C) the right to reimbursement or the in-kind benefit cannot be liquidated or exchanged for another benefit.

 

3.2          Committee Discretion.  The severance benefits as described in this Article 3 may be increased or decreased by the Committee in its absolute discretion.  Such adjustments may be applied selectively with respect to one or more individual participants.

 

3.3          Code Section 409A.  This Plan is drafted with the intent that all payments or benefits provided hereunder will be exempt from Code Section 409A to the maximum extent possible under the law, and the Plan shall be construed and operated as necessary to comply with such intent.  For purposes of Code Section 409A, the right to a series of installment payments under the Plan shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.  This Plan shall be administered and interpreted to maximize the short-term deferral exemption to Code Section 409A.  The portion of any payment under this Plan that is paid within the short-term deferral period (within the meaning of Code Section 409A) shall be treated as a short-term deferral.  Any other portion of a payment that does not meet the short-term deferral requirement shall, to the maximum extent possible, be deemed to satisfy the exception from Code Section 409A for involuntary separation pay.  All severance payments to be made upon a termination of

 

5



 

employment under this Plan may only be made upon a “separation from service” under Code Section 409A, to the extent applicable.  A participant shall not, directly or indirectly, designate the taxable year of a payment made under this Plan.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, if any payment or benefit is deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A, and solely to the extent required by Code Section 409A, if a participant is a Key Employee, then any such payments shall be delayed by six (6) months and paid on the first business day of the seventh month following the participant’s Separation from Service or, if earlier, his date of death, and the amount of such accumulated delayed payments shall be credited with interest during such six-month period at a rate computed using 120% of the short-term applicable federal rate for a semi-annual compounding period under Code Section 1274(d), applicable for the month in which the participant’s Separation from Service occurs, provided that such interest rate shall not exceed 120% of the long-term applicable federal interest rate under Code Section 1274(d).  The identification of a participant as a Key Employee shall be made by the Company in accordance with Section 1.7 of the Plan and sections 416(i) and 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.  Any provision of the Plan that is noncompliant with Code Section 409A shall be deemed to be amended to comply with Code Section 409A, or if it cannot be so amended, shall be void.  The Company does not guarantee or warrant the tax consequences of the Plan, and the participants shall in all cases be liable for any taxes due with respect to Plan.

 

Article 4
Employment Status

 

4.1          Right to Terminate Employment.  This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute an employment contract between the Employer and the participant.  Nothing contained herein shall give the participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge the participant at any time, nor shall it give the Employer the right to require the participant to remain in its employ or to interfere with the participant’s right to terminate employment at any time.

 

4.2          Status During Benefit Period.  Commencing upon the date of the participant’s Separation from Service, the participant shall cease to be an employee of the Employer for any purpose.  The payment of severance benefits under this Plan shall be payments to a former employee.

 

Article 5
Claims and Review Procedures

 

5.1          Claims Procedure.  Any individual (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under the Plan that he believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

5.1(a)     Initiation - Written Claim.  The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Plan Administrator a written claim for the benefits.

 

5.1(b)     Timing of Plan Administrator Response.  The Plan Administrator shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim.  If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant

 

6



 

in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required.  The notice of extension must set forth the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.

 

5.1(c)      Notice of Decision.  If the Plan Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial.  The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant.  The notification shall set forth:

 

5.1c(i)     The specific reason for the denial,

 

5.1c(ii)    A reference to the specific provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based,

 

5.1c(iii)   A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

 

5.1c(iv)  An explanation of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

 

5.1c(v)   A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

5.2          Review Procedure.  If the Plan Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Plan Administrator of the denial, as follows:

 

5.2(a)     Initiation - Written Request.  To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Plan Administrator’s notice of denial, must file with the Plan Administrator a written request for review.

 

5.2(b)     Additional Submissions - Information Access.  The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

5.2(c)      Timing of  Plan Administrator Response.  The Plan Administrator shall respond to the claimant’s request for review within 60 days after receiving the request.  If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the request, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required.  The notice of extension must set forth the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.

 

5.2(d)     Notice of Decision.  If the Plan Administrator affirms the denial of part or the entire claim, the Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial.  The

 

7



 

Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant.  The notification shall set forth the specific reason for the denial and a reference to the specific provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based.

 

5.3          Authority.  In determining whether to approve or deny any claim or any appeal from a denied claim, the Plan Administrator shall exercise its discretionary authority to interpret the Plan and the facts presented with respect to the claim, and its discretionary authority to determine eligibility for benefits under the Plan.  Any approval or denial shall be final and conclusive upon all persons.

 

5.4          Exhaustion of Remedies.  Except as required by applicable law, no action at law or equity shall be brought to recover a benefit under the Plan unless and until the claimant has: (a) submitted a claim for benefits, (b) been notified by the Plan Administrator that the benefits (or a portion thereof) are denied, (c) filed a written request for a review of denial with the Plan Administrator, and (d) been notified in writing that the denial has been affirmed.

 

Article 6
Amendment and Termination

 

It is intended that the Plan shall continue from year to year, subject to an annual review by the Board of Directors.  However, the Board of Directors reserves the right to modify, amend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided, that no amendment or termination shall affect the rights of participants to receive Plan benefits finally determined by the Plan Administrator but unpaid at the time of such termination or amendment.

 

Article 7
Miscellaneous

 

7.1          Not an Employment Contract.  The adoption and maintenance of this Plan shall not be deemed to confer on any participant any right to continue in the employ of the Employer, and shall not be deemed to interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge any person, with or without cause, or treat any person without regard to the effect that such treatment might have on the person as a Plan participant.

 

7.2          Benefits Non-Assignable.  No right or interest of a participant in this Plan shall be assignable or transferable, in whole or in part, either directly or by operation of law or otherwise, including but not by way of limitation, execution, levy, garnishment, attachment, pledge, bankruptcy, assignments for the benefit of creditors, receiverships, or in any other manner, excluding transfer by operation of law as a result solely of mental incompetency.

 

7.3          Tax Withholding.  The Employer shall withhold any applicable income or employment taxes that are required to be withheld from the severance benefits payable under this Plan.

 

7.4          Applicable Law.  This Plan is a welfare plan subject to ERISA and it shall be interpreted, administered, and enforced in accordance with that law.

 

8



 

7.5          Gender and Number.  Any masculine pronouns used herein shall refer to both men and women, and the use of any term herein in the singular may also include the plural unless otherwise indicated by context.

 

7.6          Severability.  If any provision of this Plan is held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, all remaining provisions shall continue to be fully effective.

 

7.7          Binding Agreement.  This Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Employer, its successors and assigns, and the participants and their heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Matson, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Plan to be executed by its duly authorized officers effective as of the Effective Date.

 

 

MATSON, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

9


Exhibit 10.48

 

MATSON, INC.

 

ONE-YEAR

 

PERFORMANCE IMPROVEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN

 

AMENDED, RENAMED & RESTATED EFFECTIVE JUNE 29, 2012

 



 

I.                                        Establishment and Purpose

 

A.                                    Pursuant to a corporate reorganization, Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. (“A&B”) became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Alexander & Baldwin Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”) and Holdings assumed all the liabilities under the Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. One-Year Performance Improvement Incentive Plan.  On June 29, 2012 (the “Distribution Date”), Holdings effected a spin-off distribution of A&B and Holdings was renamed Matson, Inc. (the “Company”).  As plan sponsor, Holdings adopted the amended, renamed and restated Matson, Inc. One-Year Performance Improvement Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) effective as of the Distribution Date.  The Plan had originally been adopted in October 1992 to replace A&B’s Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.

 

B.                                    The purpose of this Plan is to motivate employees to exceed business plan performance and to provide a reward to individuals for their successful results.  Further, the Plan is intended to:

 

1.                                      Communicate and reinforce the changing management style and direction the Company is to take.

 

2.                                      Emphasize current and future profitability, improvement or desirable change.

 

3.                                      Improve the planning process throughout the Company.

 

4.                                      Reinforce the implementation of business plans.

 

5.                                      Reward Company, unit and individual performance above that which is expected.

 

C.                                    It is further intended that this Plan will complement other compensation program components to assure a sound basis upon which the Company will attract and retain key employees.

 

II.                                   Administration

 

A.                                    The Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”) shall have responsibility for administration of this Plan.  Under the direction of this Committee, the corporate officer in charge of the compensation programs of the Company and other executives designated by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall develop and maintain guidelines for the administration of the Plan and will perform day-to-day administrative details as required.

 

B.                                    The Committee shall interpret the Plan, make or approve procedures and guidelines relating to it, and make any factual determinations arising in connection with it.  The Committee’s interpretations and determinations shall be final and binding.

 

1



 

III.                              Eligibility

 

A.                                    Employees must have served with the Company or its subsidiaries in an eligible assignment for the full Plan Year to be eligible for an award.  A Plan Year is a calendar year.  An eligible assignment is a job categorized as the CEO, Band A, or Band B under the Company’s job evaluation program.

 

B.                                    Employees must be on the payroll at the time awards are paid for the previous Plan Year, except that employees who have become permanently and totally disabled, taken approved early retirement or normal retirement, or died during the Plan Year for which the award is made shall be eligible to receive a pro-rata award based on their performance and their term of service during that Plan Year.

 

C.                                    Exceptions (additions or deletions) to the eligibility requirements of A above can be made only by the Chief Executive Officer, with the approval of the Committee.

 

IV.                               Goals (Objectives)

 

The goals used as the basis of this Plan shall be derived from the Company’s business plan and from the business plan of each operating unit of the Company, which will identify those measures most critical to the Company’s success for the coming year.  These goals will be established with respect to the performance of the Company as a whole, the performance of each operating unit, and the performance of each individual participant.

 

V.                                    Awards

 

A.                                    Opportunity

 

For each goal established for the participant pursuant to Section IV, a bonus opportunity (stated as a dollar amount or percentage of salary) will be set at one or more levels based on corresponding levels of attainment of that goal. For example, a target level bonus may be set for target level attainment of each established goal.  Accordingly, each participant’s maximum award under the Plan for a particular Plan Year shall be equal to the sum of the maximum level of bonus opportunity set for each goal established for him or her for that Plan Year.

 

B.                                    Determination

 

1.                                      Individual Bonus Calculation. At the end of each Plan Year, the Committee shall determine the actual level of attainment of each of the goals established for the participant for that Plan Year.  Based on the Committee’s determination of the attained level of each goal, an initial calculation shall be made of the bonus amount attributable to that goal, and the participant’s potential bonus amount for that Plan Year shall be equal to sum of those individually calculated bonus amounts.  However, the actual bonus amount to be paid to the participant shall be subject to his or her satisfaction of the employment requirement set forth in Section III.B, and any adjustments effected by the Committee pursuant to Section V.B.2.

 

2



 

2.                                      Committee Discretion.  The award calculated for each participant pursuant to Section V.B.1 may be increased or decreased by the Committee in its absolute discretion if such award does not, in the judgment of the Committee, accurately reflect the performance of the Company or of the applicable operating unit or individual (e.g., because of changes in accounting rules, extraordinary gains from the sale of Company assets, or other similar or dissimilar circumstances occurring during the Plan Year which may or may not have been beyond the control of the Company, the operating unit, or the individual participant).  Such adjustments by the Committee may be applied uniformly with respect to all participants, or such adjustment may be applied selectively with respect to one or more individual participants.

 

C.                                    Payments

 

Awards shall be paid only in cash, with such cash payment to be made at the time the award is determined.  Participants will not be permitted to receive any portion of their awards in the form of the Company’s common stock.

 

VI.                               General Provisions

 

A.                                    Nothing herein contained shall be construed to limit or affect in any manner or degree the normal and usual powers of management, exercised by the officers and the Board of Directors or committees thereof, to change the duties or the character of employment of any employee of the Company or to terminate a participant’s employment with the Company at any time, all of which rights and powers are hereby expressly reserved.

 

B.                                    It is intended that the Plan shall continue from year to year, subject to an annual review by the Board of Directors.  However, the Board of Directors reserves the right to modify, amend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided, that no amendment or termination shall affect the rights of participants to receive awards finally determined by the Committee but unpaid at the time of such termination or amendment.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Matson, Inc. has caused this Plan to be executed by its duly authorized officers effective this 29th day of June, 2012.

 

 

 

MATSON, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Its

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Its

 

3


Exhibit 10.49

 

MATSON, INC. CASH INCENTIVE PLAN

Effective January 24, 2013

 

I.                                        Establishment and Purpose

 

A.                                    Matson, Inc. (the “Company” or “Matson”) has established the Matson, Inc. Cash Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), enabling a select group of employees at Matson to be eligible for cash incentive compensation.

 

B.                                    The purpose of this Plan is to motivate employees to exceed business plan performance and to provide a reward to individuals for their successful results.  Further, the Plan is intended to:

 

1.                                      Align Eligible Employees’ and shareholders’ interests;

 

2.                                      Emphasize current and future profitability, improvement or desirable change;

 

3.                                      Recognize and reward Eligible Employees who make substantial contributions to the Company;

 

4.                                      Reinforce the implementation of business plans; and

 

5.                                      Link the incentive opportunity to external competitive practices, and internally to the Company’s total compensation objectives.

 

C.                                    The Plan is also intended to serve as a retention tool and accordingly requires service beyond the performance period.

 

D.                                    It is further intended that this Plan will complement other compensation program components to assure a sound basis upon which the Company will attract and retain key employees.

 

II.                                   Administration

 

A.                                    The Committee shall have responsibility for administration of this Plan.  Under the direction of this Committee, the corporate officer in charge of the compensation programs of the Company and other executives designated by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall develop and maintain guidelines for the administration of the Plan and will perform day-to-day administrative details as required.

 

B.                                    The Committee shall interpret the Plan, make or approve procedures and guidelines relating to it, and make any factual determinations arising in connection with it.  The Committee’s interpretations and determinations shall be final and binding.

 

1



 

III.                              Eligibility and Participation

 

A.                                    For each Plan Year, the Plan covers each Employee who (i) is in Active Employment during the Plan Year; (ii) is classified by the Company as a Section 16 Officer or in salary grade 35 or above; (iii) is on the payroll of the Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary) on or before October 1 of the Plan Year; and (iv) remains in Active Employment through the payout date for the award for such year, except as provided below.

 

B.                                    New Hires and Rehires.  If an individual becomes an Eligible Employee after the beginning of the Plan Year, but on or before October 1 of the Plan Year, then the bonus award for such individual (as determined pursuant to Section V.B.) shall be prorated for the length of time he or she worked as an Eligible Employee during the Plan Year.  Rehired individuals are not entitled to receive credit for prior periods of employment, unless the Eligible Employee was involuntarily terminated by the Company without Cause during the Plan Year and rehired in the same Plan Year.

 

C.                                    Disability, Retirement and Death. If an Eligible Employee becomes Permanently Disabled, takes Retirement, or dies during the Plan Year for which the award is made, then the bonus award for such individual (as determined pursuant to Section V.B.) shall be prorated based on the length of time he or she worked as an Eligible Employee during the Plan Year.

 

D.                                    Leaves of Absence. Eligible Employees who are on an approved leave of absence during the Plan Year will have their bonus amount (as determined pursuant to Section V.B.) prorated based on the number of days during the Plan Year for which such individual received regular pay from the Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary).

 

E.                                     Exceptions.  Additions or deletions to the eligibility requirements outlined above can be made only by the Chief Executive Officer, with the approval of the Committee.

 

IV.                               Performance Goals (Objectives)

 

The performance goals used as the basis of this Plan shall be determined by the Committee and may be based on (but are not limited to) one or more Company Performance Goals and/or individual goals.

 

V.                                    Awards

 

A.                                    Opportunity

 

For each goal established for the Eligible Employee pursuant to Section IV, a bonus opportunity (stated as a dollar amount or percentage of salary) will be set at one or more levels based on corresponding levels of attainment of that goal. For example, a target level bonus may be set for target level attainment of each established goal. Accordingly, each Eligible Employee’s maximum award under the Plan for a particular Plan Year shall be equal to the sum of the maximum level of bonus opportunity set for each goal established for him or her for that Plan Year.

 

2



 

B.                                    Determination

 

1.                                      Individual Bonus Calculation. At the end of each Plan Year, the Committee shall determine the actual level of attainment of each of the goals established for the Eligible Employee for that Plan Year.  Based on the Committee’s determination of the attained level of each goal, an initial calculation shall be made of the bonus amount attributable to that goal, and the Eligible Employee’s potential bonus amount for that Plan Year shall be equal to sum of those individually calculated bonus amounts.  However, the actual bonus amount to be paid to the Eligible Employee shall be subject to his or her satisfaction of the employment requirement set forth in Section III, and any adjustments effected by the Committee pursuant to Section V.B.2.

 

2.                                      Committee Discretion.  The award calculated for each participant pursuant to Section V.B.1 may be increased or decreased by the Committee in its absolute discretion if such award does not, in the judgment of the Committee, accurately reflect the performance of the Company or of the applicable Subsidiary, operating unit or the individual.  Such adjustments by the Committee may be applied uniformly with respect to all Eligible Employees, or such adjustment may be applied selectively with respect to one or more individual Eligible Employees.

 

C.                                    Payments and Tax Withholdings

 

Awards shall be paid only in cash, with such cash payment to be made at the time the award is determined, approved by the Committee and as soon as administratively possible following award determination and approval but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the Plan Year of performance.  Participants will not be permitted to receive any portion of their awards in the form of the Company’s common stock.  The Company will deduct from all payments any and all applicable taxes (e.g., federal, state, local or other taxes of any kind) required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment.

 

VI.                               General Provisions

 

A.                                    Nothing herein contained shall be construed to limit or affect in any manner or degree the normal and usual powers of management, exercised by the officers and the Board of Directors or committees thereof, to change the duties or the character of employment of any employee of the Company, all of which rights and powers are hereby expressly reserved.

 

B.                                    Nothing herein shall confer upon a participant any right to continue in service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the participant) or of the participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate participant’s service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

 

C.                                    It is intended that the Plan shall continue from year to year, subject to an annual review by the Board of Directors.  However, the Board of Directors reserves the right to modify, amend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided, that no amendment or termination shall affect the rights of participants to receive awards finally determined and approved by the Committee but unpaid at the time of such termination or amendment.

 

3



 

D.                                    The parameters of the Plan shall be construed, administered and governed by the laws of the State of Hawaii without resort to its conflict-of-laws provisions.

 

E.                                     No amounts awarded or accrued under this Plan shall actually be funded, set aside or otherwise segregated prior to payment.  The obligation to pay the bonuses awarded hereunder shall at all times be an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.  Plan participants shall have the status of general creditors and shall look solely to the general assets of the Company for the payment of their bonus awards.

 

F.                                      The Plan shall be administered, operated and construed in compliance with the requirements of the short-term deferral exception to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4).  Accordingly, to the extent there is any ambiguity as to whether one or more provisions of the Plan would otherwise contravene the requirements or limitations of Section 409A of the Code applicable to such short-term deferral exception, then those provisions shall be interpreted and applied in a manner that does not result in a violation of the requirements or limitations of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder that apply to such exception.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Matson, Inc. has caused this Plan to be executed by its duly authorized officers effective this 24th day of January, 2013.

 

 

 

MATSON, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Its

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Its

 

4



 

APPENDIX

 

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Plan:

 

i.                                          Award shall mean any cash incentive award paid out under the Plan.

 

ii.                                       Active Employment means the Eligible Employee is on the active payroll of the Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary) and has not experienced a voluntary or involuntary termination of employment with the Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary) , including discharge for any reason, resignation, layoff, death, Retirement, or Permanent Disability

 

iii.                                    Board shall mean the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

iv.                                   Committee shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board comprised of two (2) or more non-employee Board members.

 

v.                                      Company shall mean Matson, Inc., a Hawaii corporation.

 

vi.                                   Company Performance Goals shall mean any of the following performance criteria upon which the determination and subsequent payout of awards under the Plan may be based: (i) cash flow; (ii) earnings (including gross margin, earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and charges for stock-based compensation, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and net earnings); (iii) earnings per share; (iv) growth in earnings or earnings per share; (v) stock price; (vi) return on equity or average stockholder equity; (vii) total stockholder return or growth in total stockholder return either directly or in relation to a comparative group; (viii) return on capital; (ix) return on assets or net assets; (x) invested capital, required rate of return on capital or return on invested capital; (xi) revenue, growth in revenue or return on sales; (xii) income or net income; (xiii) operating income, net operating income or net operating income after tax; (xiv) operating profit or net operating profit; (xv) operating margin; (xvi) return on operating revenue or return on operating profit; (xvii) collections and recoveries, (xviii) property purchases, sales, investments and construction goals, (xix) application approvals, (xx) litigation and regulatory resolution goals, (xxi) occupancy or occupancy rates, (xxii) leases, contracts or financings, including renewals, (xxiii) overhead, savings, G&A and other expense control goals, (xxiv) budget comparisons, (xxv) growth in stockholder value relative to the growth of the S&P 400 or S&P 400 Index, the S&P Global Industry Classification Standards (“GICS”) or GICS Index, or another peer group or peer group index; (xxvi) credit rating; (xxvii) development and implementation of strategic plans and/or organizational restructuring goals; (xxviii) development and implementation of risk and crisis management programs; (xxix) improvement in workforce diversity; (xxx) net cost per ton; (xxxi) price per container or average price of container; (xxxii) voyage days or vessel scheduling; (xxxiii) lift volume per container, volume per container, number of units or size of units; (xxxiv) compliance requirements and compliance relief; (xxxv) safety goals; (xxxvi) productivity goals; (xxxvii) workforce management and succession planning goals; (xxxviii) economic value added (including typical adjustments consistently applied from generally accepted accounting principles required to determine economic value added performance measures); (xxxix) measures of customer satisfaction, employee satisfaction or staff development; (xl) development or marketing

 

1



 

collaborations, formations of joint ventures or partnerships or the completion of other similar transactions intended to enhance the Company’s revenue or profitability or enhance its customer base; (xli) merger and acquisitions; and (xlii) other similar criteria consistent with the foregoing. In addition, such performance criteria may be based upon the attainment of specified levels of the Company’s performance under one or more of the measures described above relative to the performance of other entities and may also be based on the performance of any of the Company’s business units or divisions or any Parent or Subsidiary.  Each applicable Performance Goal may include a minimum threshold level of performance below which no award will be earned, levels of performance at which specified portions of an award will be earned and a maximum level of performance at which an award will be fully earned. Each applicable performance goal may be structured at the time of the award to provide for appropriate adjustment for one or more of the following items: (A) asset impairments or write-downs; (B) litigation judgments or claim settlements; (C) the effect of changes in tax law, accounting principles or other such laws or provisions affecting reported results; (D) accruals for reorganization and restructuring programs; (E) any extraordinary nonrecurring items; (F) the operations of any business acquired by the Company; (G) the divestiture of one or more business operations or the assets thereof; and (H) any other adjustment consistent with the operation of the Plan.

 

vii.                                Eligible Employee shall mean an Employee eligible to participate in the Plan as determined pursuant to Section III.A.

 

viii.                             Employee shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary, whether now existing or subsequently established), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance, and who meets the eligibility requirements under Section 5.

 

ix.                                   Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Company) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

x.                                      Permanent Disability or Permanently Disabled shall mean the inability of the Eligible Employee to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment expected to result in death or to be of continuous duration of twelve (12) months or more.

 

xi.                                   Plan shall mean the Matson, Inc. Cash Incentive Plan, as set forth herein and as amended from time to time.

 

xii.                                Plan Year shall mean the calendar year.

 

xiii.                             Retirement shall mean (i) the Eligible Employee’s termination of employment on or after attainment of age sixty-five (65) or (ii) the Eligible Employee’s early retirement, with the prior approval of the Company (or Parent or Subsidiary employing Participant), on or after attainment of age fifty-five (55) and completion of at least five (5) years of Service.

 

2



 

xiv.                            Section 16 Officer shall mean an officer of the Company subject to the short-swing profit liabilities of Section 16 of the 1934 Act.

 

xv.                               Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.  The term Subsidiary shall also include any wholly-owned limited liability company within the applicable chain of subsidiaries that is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

3


Exhibit 10.51

 

MATSON, INC.

 

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

Amended and Restated Effective February 28, 2013

 

I.             PURPOSE.  Pursuant to a corporate reorganization, Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Alexander & Baldwin Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”) and Holdings assumed all the liabilities under the Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan.  On the Distribution Date (as defined below), Holdings effected a spin-off distribution of its wholly-owned subsidiary A & B II, Inc., renamed Alexander & Baldwin, Inc. (“New A&B”) by distributing all of Holdings outstanding common stock in New A&B to Holdings shareholders (the “New A&B Distribution”); Holdings was renamed Matson, Inc. (the “Company”) and New A&B assumed that portion of the liabilities under the Plan attributable to “New A&B Participants” (as defined in the Employee Matters Agreement by and between the Company and New A&B dated as of June 8, 2012).  As plan sponsor, Holdings adopted the amended, renamed and restated Matson, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan effective as of the Distribution Date to provide participants in the Company’s Bonus Plan with the opportunity to defer payment of awards under the Bonus Plan for a period extending until retirement or other termination of employment or until the expiration of the specific term (at least one full year in duration) elected by the participant.  The Company hereby amends and restates the Plan effective as of February 28, 2013 (the “Effective Date”).

 

The Plan is intended to be exempt from the participation, vesting, funding and fiduciary requirements of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) pursuant to Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA as a plan that is unfunded and maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees.

 

II.            DEFINITIONS.  For purposes of this Plan, the following definitions shall be in effect:

 

Board shall mean the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

Bonus Plan shall mean the Matson, Inc. Cash Incentive Plan, which replaced the Three-Year Performance Improvement Incentive Plan and the One-Year Performance Improvement Incentive Plan.

 

Change In Control shall mean a “change in the ownership or effective control” of the Company or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Common Stock shall mean shares of the Company’s common stock.

 



 

Distribution Date shall mean June 29, 2012, or such later date as Holdings distributes its interest in New A&B to Holdings’ shareholders.

 

Employer shall mean the Company or the entity for whom services are performed and with respect to whom the legally binding right to compensation arises, and all entities with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) of the Code; provided that in applying Section 1563(a)(1), (2), and (3) of the Code for purposes of determining a controlled group of corporations under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, the language “at least 50 percent” is used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place it appears in Section 1563(a)(1), (2), and (3) of the Code, and in applying Treasury Regulation § 1.414(c)-2 for purposes of determining trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) that are under common control for purposes of Section 414(c) of the Code, “at least 50 percent” is used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place it appears in Treasury Regulation § 1.414(c)-2; provided, however, “at least 20 percent” shall replace “at least 50 percent” in the preceding clause if there is a legitimate business criteria for using such lower percentage.

 

Fair Market Value shall, with respect to the per share valuation of the Common Stock on any relevant date, be the mean between the highest and lowest selling prices per share of Common Stock on such date, as quoted on the Nasdaq National Market or the NYSE (or any successor system), as applicable.  Should the Common Stock become traded on a national securities exchange, then the Fair Market Value per share shall be the mean between the highest and lowest selling prices on such exchange on the date in question, as such prices are quoted on the composite tape of transactions on such exchange.  If there is no reported sale of Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market or the NYSE (or any successor system), as applicable, on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the highest and lowest selling prices on the Nasdaq National Market or the NYSE (or any successor system), as applicable, on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

Identification Date shall mean each December 31.

 

Key Employee shall mean a participant who, on an Identification Date, is:

 

(a)           An officer of the Company having annual compensation greater than the compensation limit in Section 416(i)(1)(A)(i) of the Code, provided that no more than fifty officers of the Company shall be determined to be Key Employees as of any Identification Date;

 

(b)           A five percent owner of the Company; or

 

(c)           A one percent owner of the Company having annual compensation from the Company of more than $150,000.

 

If a participant is identified as a Key Employee on an Identification Date, then such participant shall be considered a Key Employee for purposes of the Plan during the period beginning on the first April 1 following the Identification Date and ending on the next March 31. For purposes of  determining whether a participant is a Key Employee, the “Company” shall mean the Company and its affiliates that are treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or

 

2



 

(c) of the Code, and for purposes of determining whether a participant is a Key Employee, Treasury Regulation § 1.415(c)-2(d)(4) shall be used to calculate compensation.

 

Permanent Disability shall mean the inability of the participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment expected to result in death or to be of continuous duration of twelve (12) months or more.

 

Plan Administrator shall mean the Administrative Committee appointed by the Board (or such other committee as the Board may appoint from time to time).

 

Retirement shall mean (i) the participant’s termination of employment on or after attainment of age sixty-five (65) or (ii) the participant’s early retirement, with the prior approval of the Company (or parent or subsidiary employing participant), on or after attainment of age fifty-five (55) and completion of at least five (5) years of service.

 

Separation from Service shall mean termination of employment with the Employer, other than due to death.  A participant shall be deemed to have experienced a Separation from Service if the participant’s service with the Employer is reduced to an annual rate that is less than fifty percent of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full years of employment with the Employer (or if employed by the Employer less than three years, such lesser period).

 

III.          ADMINISTRATION.  The Plan Administrator shall administer the Plan and shall have full power and authority (subject to the provisions of the Plan) to establish such rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate for proper administration and to make such determinations under, and issue such interpretations of, the Plan as it may deem necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion.  Decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties who have an interest in the Plan.

 

IV.          DEFERRAL ELECTION.  An individual selected for participation in the Bonus Plan may elect to defer, for the period of time described below (“Deferral Period”), all or part of his/her award(s) under the Bonus Plan.  Any such election (“Deferral Election”) must be made in accordance with the following provisions:

 

1.             Deferral Election Procedure.  In December of each calendar year, the Plan Administrator will send to each individual selected for participation in the upcoming performance cycle under the Bonus Plan an election form whereby such individual may elect to defer the payment of all or part of any award made to him/her for the upcoming performance cycle under the Bonus Plan.  The Deferral Election form must be executed by the participant and delivered to the Plan Administrator before the beginning of the particular performance cycle under the Bonus Plan to which such election relates.

 

2.             Deferral Period.  The Deferral Period shall extend until the date the participant experiences a Separation from Service.  At the time the Deferral Election form is filed, the participant shall specify the date or dates following his/her Separation from Service on

 

3



 

which payments of the deferred award are to be made.  Once specified, such payment schedule cannot be changed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to January 1, 2005, participants could elect a payment date preceding the participant’s Separation from Service, and any such election applicable to compensation that was earned and vested prior to January 1, 2005, shall continue to be effective on and after January 1, 2005, with respect to the compensation deferred under such election and all interest or dividend equivalents credited to such compensation.

 

3.             Minimum Deferral Amount.  A participant may elect to defer all or any portion of his/her award under the Bonus Plan (with the balance to be paid currently, i.e., on a non-deferred basis), provided the amount to be so deferred is at least Two Thousand Dollars ($2,000.00).  The portion of each award which is to be deferred pursuant to such election shall be credited to a separate account (“Deferred Compensation Account”) maintained for the participant on the Employer’s books.  The credit to such book account shall be made at the time the award otherwise would be payable to the participant under the Bonus Plan in the absence of his/her Deferral Election.

 

V.            CONVERSION ELECTION - COMMON STOCK-EQUIVALENT UNITS.  Subject to the provisions stated below and pursuant to procedures determined by the Plan Administrator or by the committee or individual(s) to which such authority is delegated, the participant may make an election (“Conversion Election”) to have all or any portion of his/her award under the Bonus Plan that is credited to his/her Deferred Compensation Account, converted into Common Stock-equivalent units which will be valued from time to time during the Deferral Period on the basis of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock.

 

1.             Timing of Conversion Election.  Conversion Elections shall be made at the time the applicable Bonus Plan awards are determined.

 

2.             Limitation on Conversion Election.  The Conversion Election shall be subject to the following limitations:

 

(i)            The portion of the award which may be converted into Common Stock-equivalent units shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the total dollar amount of such award, including the portion of such award payable currently and the portion deferred under this Plan, and

 

(ii)           The dollar value of the Bonus Plan award which may be converted into Common-Stock equivalent units under this Plan shall not, when added to the Fair Market Value (at date of issuance) of any shares of Common Stock issued under the Company’s Restricted Stock Bonus Plan in payment of all or part of the balance of such award (exclusive of any bonus shares issued under the Restricted Stock Bonus Plan), exceed fifty percent (50%) of the total dollar value of such Bonus Plan award.

 

3.             Approval of Plan Administrator.  No Conversion Election shall be effective, and no portion of the participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall actually be converted into Common Stock equivalent units, except to the extent such Conversion Election is approved by the Plan Administrator.

 

4



 

4.             Bonus Common Stock-Equivalent Units.  The deferred portion of any award converted into Common Stock-equivalent units may, in the Plan Administrator’s sole discretion, be credited, as a premium, with additional, bonus Common Stock-equivalent units (“bonus units”) equal to up to 50% of the number of Common Stock-equivalent units into which such portion is initially converted.

 

VI.          VALUATION OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNTS.  From time to time during the Deferral Period, the value of each Deferred Compensation Account shall be adjusted to reflect an investment return on the balance credited to such account, and such value and adjustments periodically shall be communicated to each participant.  Such periodic valuation shall be made as follows:

 

1.             Cash Balance.  The deferred portion of any award valued in cash shall be credited with interest, compounded annually, for each calendar year falling in whole or in part within the Deferral Period.  Such interest shall be at a per annum rate equal to the New York Reserve Bank discount rate in effect as of January 15 of each calendar year within the Deferral Period plus 1%.

 

2.             Common Stock-Equivalent Units.

 

(i)            The Common Stock-equivalent units (including bonus units) will be credited, at the time dividends are paid on outstanding shares of Common Stock, with an amount (“dividend-equivalent credits”) equal to the dividends which otherwise would be paid if the number of Common Stock-equivalent units in the participant’s Deferred Compensation Account were actually outstanding shares of Common Stock.

 

(ii)           Dividend-equivalent credits will be applied in the manner of a dividend reinvestment plan to purchase additional Common Stock-equivalent units valued at Fair Market Value on the applicable dividend payment date.

 

(iii)          If the employment of a participant terminates for any reason, other than by reason of Retirement, death, or Permanent Disability, then:

 

(a)           such participant shall no longer have any right, title or interest in any Common Stock-equivalent units which were credited as bonus units within three (3) years prior to the date of such termination or discharge, and such participant shall not be entitled to receive any payment with respect to such bonus units, and

 

(b)           the Plan Administrator shall have the right, exercisable at its discretion, to convert to cash any or all non-bonus Common Stock-equivalent units which were credited to the participant’s account within three (3) years prior to the date of such termination or discharge, at an amount equal to the lesser of the original award amount that was converted to these non-bonus Common Stock-equivalent units, and, an amount equal to the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date of such termination or discharge multiplied by the number of such Common Stock-equivalent units.

 

5



 

(iv)          After the Common Stock-equivalent units have been credited to the participant’s Deferred Compensation Account for a period of at least three (3) years, that participant may elect, pursuant to procedures determined by the Plan Administrator or by the committee or individual(s) to which such authority is delegated, to have all or a portion of those units converted into cash on the basis of the Fair Market Value (at date of conversion) of the shares of Common Stock represented by such units; provided, however, that participants may not make such an election if, at the time of the election, the participant is aware of material non-public inside information regarding the Company; and provided further that any such election must be made during the Company’s open trading window period.  Any portion so converted to cash shall begin to earn interest in accordance with Section VI.1. above and shall stop earning dividend-equivalent credits.

 

(v)           Any Common Stock-equivalent units credited to a participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall automatically be converted into cash, on the basis of the Fair Market Value (at the date of conversion) of the shares of Common Stock represented by such units, upon the earlier of (A) the participant’s termination of employment with the Employer for any reason or (B) the expiration date of the Deferral Period in effect for such account pursuant to the participant’s prior election.  Any amounts so converted to cash shall begin to earn interest in accordance with Section VI.1. above.

 

(vi)          To the extent a participant’s Deferred Compensation Account was credited with Holdings Common Stock-equivalent units immediately prior to the New A&B Distribution, then immediately after the New A&B Distribution the number of those units shall be adjusted upward to the number of Matson, Inc. Common Stock-equivalent units determined by (a) multiplying the number of such units credited to the Deferred Compensation Account immediately prior to the New A&B Distribution by a fraction the numerator of which is the sum of the closing price per share of Holdings common stock as traded on an ex-distribution basis on the Distribution Date and the closing “when issued” price per share of the New A&B common stock on that same trading day and the denominator is the closing price per share of the Holdings common stock as traded on an ex-distribution basis on the Distribution Date and (b) rounding down any resulting fractional Holdings Common Stock-equivalent unit to the next whole such unit.  For purposes of applying the three (3)-year measurement periods set forth in Section VI.2(iii)(b) and Section VI.2(iv), the measurement period for each additional Common Stock-equivalent unit that results from the foregoing adjustment shall relate back to the date on which the original Common-Stock equivalent unit as to which that adjustment was made was initially credited to the participant’s Deferred Compensation Account.  In connection with the new A&B Distribution, Holdings will be renamed Matson, Inc. and after that date all references to Holdings in this Section V.2.(vi) shall be deemed a reference to Holdings so renamed.  Any Common Stock equivalent units credited to a participant’s Deferred Compensation Account after the date of the New A&B Distribution shall be measured in terms of the common stock of Matson, Inc. on each applicable valuation date under the Plan.

 

VII.         PAYMENT.  Upon the participant’s Separation from Service, each Deferred Compensation Account maintained for the participant shall be paid out either in installments or in a lump sum in accordance with the payment schedule irrevocably designated by the participant for that account in the Deferral Election form executed and filed by him/her in accordance with Section IV above; provided, however, that such payments shall not commence later than 60 days

 

6



 

following the participant’s Separation from Service.  The Plan Administrator retains the sole discretion to determine when during the 60-day period the payment will be made.  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan to the contrary, any distribution scheduled to be made upon Separation from Service to a participant who is identified as a Key Employee as of the date he or she experiences a Separation from Service shall be delayed for a minimum of six months following the participant’s Separation from Service.  Any payment to a Key Employee delayed under this Plan shall commence on the first business day after the six-month anniversary of the participant’s Separation from Service and, during such six-month period, such payment shall be credited with interest at a rate computed using 120% of the short-term applicable federal rate for a semi-annual compounding period under Code Section 1274(d), applicable for the month in which the participant’s Separation from Service occurs, provided that such interest rate shall not exceed 120% of the long-term applicable federal interest rate under Code Section 1274(d).  The identification of a participant as a Key Employee shall be made by the Company, in its sole discretion, in accordance with the Key Employee definition in Section II of the Plan and sections 416(i) and 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

In the event that a participant, who is also a Key Employee, dies prior to the expiration of the six-month delay period described in this Article VII, the benefit which would have been otherwise distributed to the deceased participant shall be distributed to the participant’s beneficiary within 30 days following the participant’s death.  The Plan Administrator retains the sole discretion to determine when during the 30-day period the payment will be made.

 

VIII.       FUNDING.  Deferred Compensation Accounts shall not be funded and shall be maintained by the Employer only as book reserves.  The Employer’s obligation to pay such accounts as they become due and payable under the Plan shall be at all times an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Employer, and the participants only shall have the status of general creditors with respect to the amounts credited to their accounts and shall look solely and exclusively to the general assets of the Employer for payment.

 

IX.          CHANGE IN CONTROL.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, upon the occurrence of a Change In Control, all Common Stock-equivalent units which previously were credited as bonus units shall immediately vest, the provisions of Section VI.2.(iii)(b) with respect to the conversion rights of the Company applicable to non-bonus Common Stock-equivalent units shall terminate, all outstanding Common Stock-equivalent units at the time credited to outstanding Deferred Compensation Accounts shall immediately be converted into cash on the basis of the higher of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of such Change of Control or (ii) the highest price paid per share of Common Stock in effecting the Change In Control, and the amount outstanding in each Deferred Compensation Account after such conversion shall be paid out in a single lump sum to the participants within thirty (30) days after such Change In Control, whereupon the Plan shall terminate, provided that such Plan termination complies with the requirements of Code Section 409A.

 

X.            BENEFICIARY DESIGNATIONS.  Each participant may file with the Plan Administrator a written designation of one or more primary beneficiaries and one or more contingent beneficiaries to whom payments otherwise due the participant under the Plan are to be

 

7



 

made after his/her death, in such amounts and at such times as would have been made to the participant had he/she lived.  The written designation must be received by the Plan Administrator prior to the participant’s death.  Such payments shall be divided among the primary beneficiaries who survive the participant in such proportion as the participant shall direct in his/her written designation.  If no primary beneficiary survives the participant, such payment shall be divided among the contingent beneficiaries who survive the participant in such proportion as the participant shall direct in his/her written designation.  If no primary or contingent beneficiary survives the participant or is named by the participant, such payments shall be made to the participant’s estate.  At the discretion of the Plan Administrator, payments to the participant’s estate may be made in a lump sum equal to the total value of the participant’s account.  The participant may from time to time change his/her beneficiary designation by filing a new written designation with the Plan Administrator.  A beneficiary may not, under any circumstances, change the time and form of the payments due to them pursuant to this Plan.

 

XI.          CLAIMS PROCEDURES.

 

1.             Claims Procedure.  Any individual (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under the Plan that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

(i)            Initiation - Written Claim.  The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Plan Administrator a written claim for the benefits.

 

(ii)           Timing of Plan Administrator Response.  The Plan Administrator shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim.  If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required.  The notice of extension must set forth the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.

 

(iii)          Notice of Decision.  If the Plan Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial.  The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant.  The notification shall set forth:

 

(a)           A reference to the specific provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based,

 

(b)           A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

 

(c)           An explanation of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

 

8



 

(d)           A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

2.             Review Procedure.  If the Plan Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Plan Administrator of the denial, as follows:

 

(i)            Initiation - Written Request.  To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Plan Administrator’s notice of denial, must file with the Plan Administrator a written request for review.

 

(ii)           Additional Submissions - Information Access.  The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim.  The Plan Administrator shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

(iii)          Timing of  Plan Administrator Response.  The  Plan Administrator shall respond to the claimant’s request for review within 60 days after receiving the request.  If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the request, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required.  The notice of extension must set forth the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.

 

(iv)          Notice of Decision.  If the Plan Administrator affirms the denial of part or all of the claim, the Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial.  The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant.  The notification shall set forth the specific reason for the denial and a reference to the specific provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based.

 

3.             Authority.  In determining whether to approve or deny any claim or any appeal from a denied claim, the Plan Administrator shall exercise its discretionary authority to interpret the Plan and the facts presented with respect to the claim, and its discretionary authority to determine eligibility for benefits under the Plan.  Any approval or denial shall be final and conclusive upon all persons.

 

4.             Exhaustion of Remedies.  Except as required by applicable law, no action at law or equity shall be brought to recover a benefit under the Plan unless and until the claimant has: (i) submitted a claim for benefits, (ii) been notified by the Plan Administrator that the benefits (or a portion thereof) are denied, (iii) filed a written request for a review of denial with the Plan Administrator, and (iv) been notified in writing that the denial has been affirmed.

 

XII.        INALIENABILITY.  No participant or beneficiary, or any other person having or claiming to have any interest of any kind or character in or under this Plan or in any of the Deferred Compensation Accounts or any part thereof or payment therefrom shall have the right

 

9



 

to sell, assign, transfer, convey, hypothecate, anticipate, pledge or otherwise dispose of such interest (except for a qualified domestic relations order); and to the extent permitted by law, such interest shall not be subject to any liabilities or obligations of the participant or to any bankruptcy proceedings, creditor claims, attachment, garnishments, execution, levy or other legal process against such participant or his/her property.

 

XIII.       PLAN DURATION AND AMENDMENT.  The Plan shall become effective immediately upon the Distribution Date after adoption by the Board.  The Board may amend, modify or terminate the Plan at any time thereafter; provided, however, that no such action shall adversely affect the rights of participants with respect to their outstanding Deferral Elections under the Plan and the payment of their Deferred Compensation Accounts in accordance with those elections.

 

XIV.       NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS.  Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon any participant any right to continue in the Employer’s service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Employer or of the participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate the participant’s employment at any time for any reason, with or without cause, except to the extent such right is expressly limited by any written employment in effect between the Employer and such participant.

 

XV.         WITHHOLDING TAXES.  All amounts which become payable under the Plan shall be subject to the Employer’s collection of all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment taxes required to be withheld therefrom.

 

XVI.       GOVERNING LAW.  The provisions of the Plan shall, to the extent not preempted by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Hawaii without resort to that State’s conflict-of-laws rules.  The Plan shall also be construed in a manner that is consistent and compliant with Section 409A of the Code, and any regulations promulgated thereunder.  Any provision that is noncompliant with Section 409A of the Code is void or deemed amended to comply with Section 409A of the Code.  All payments to be made upon a termination of employment under this Plan may only be made upon a “separation from service” under Code Section 409A.  For purposes of Code Section 409A, the right to a series of installment payments under the Plan shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.  The Employer does not guarantee or warrant the tax consequences of the Plan, and the participants shall in all cases be liable for any taxes due with respect to Plan.

 

XVII.     BINDING AGREEMENT.  This Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Employer, its successors and assigns, and the participants and their heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.

 

XVIII.    MISCELLANEOUS.

 

A.    The liabilities and obligations of the Employer hereunder shall be binding upon any successor corporation or entity which succeeds to all or substantially all of the assets and business of the Employer by merger, purchase or other transaction.

 

10



 

B.    All costs and expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan shall be borne by the Employer.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Matson, Inc. has caused this Plan to be executed by its duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

 

 

MATSON, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Its

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Its

 

 

11


Exhibit 21

 

Matson, Inc.

 

Subsidiaries as of February 1, 2013

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

State or Other Jurisdiction
Under Which Organized

Matson Navigation Company, Inc.

 

Hawaii

Subsidiaries:

 

 

Matson Logistics, Inc.

 

Hawaii

Subsidiaries:

 

 

Matson Logistics Services, LLC

 

Hawaii

Matson Logistics Warehousing, Inc.

 

Hawaii

Matson Terminals, Inc.

 

Hawaii

Matson Ventures, Inc.

 

Hawaii

ABHI-Crockett, Inc.

 

Hawaii

Matson Logistics (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

 

China

Matson Shipping (Hong Kong) Limited

 

Hong Kong

Matson Shipping (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

 

China

Matson South Pacific Holdco Limited

 

New Zealand

Subsidiaries:

 

 

Matson South Pacific Limited

 

New Zealand

Subsidiaries:

 

 

Matson Cook Islands Limited

 

Cook Islands

Tranz Pacific Management Limited

 

New Zealand

Matson (Antigua) Limited

 

Antigua and Barbuda

Reef Nauru Limited

 

New Zealand

Subsidiary:

 

 

Reef Nauru II Shipping Limited

 

Antigua and Barbuda

 


Exhibit 23

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements Nos. 333-184623, 333-121194, as amended by Post-Effective Amendment No.1 filed on April 26, 2007 and as further amended by Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 filed on June 7, 2012, 333-166539, as amended by Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 filed on June 7, 2012, 333-142384, as amended by Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 filed on June 7, 2012, and 333-69197, as amended by Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 filed on June 7, 2012 on Form S-8 of our report dated February 28, 2013, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Matson, Inc. and subsidiaries and the effectiveness of Matson, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Matson, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

 

Honolulu, Hawaii

February 28, 2013

 


EXHIBIT 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Matthew J. Cox, certify that:

 

1.                                      I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Matson, Inc.;

 

2.                                      Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                                      Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                                      The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)                                 Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)                                 Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)                                  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)                                 Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                                      The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)                                 All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)                                 Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

By

/s/ Matthew J. Cox

 

 

Matthew J. Cox, President and

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

Date: February 28, 2013

 

 


EXHIBIT 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Joel M. Wine, certify that:

 

1.                                      I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Matson, Inc.;

 

2.                                      Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                                      Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                                      The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)                                 Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)                                 Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)                                  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)                                 Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                                      The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)                                 All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)                                 Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

By

/s/ Joel M. Wine

 

 

Joel M. Wine, Senior Vice President

 

 

and Chief Financial Officer

Date: February 28, 2013

 


EXHIBIT 32

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and

Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to

18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Matson, Inc. (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Matthew J. Cox, as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Joel M. Wine, as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to their knowledge:

 

(1)                                 The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2)                                 The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

/s/ Matthew J. Cox

 

Name:

Matthew J. Cox

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Date:

February 28, 2013

 

 

/s/ Joel M. Wine

 

Name:

Joel M. Wine

 

Title:

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

Date:

February 28, 2013